<p>
The off-road motorcycle scene in India is gaining serious momentum. For KTM enthusiasts, the 390 Adventure has been the default choice. Yet, for those craving serious dirt capabilities, extensive aftermarket modifications became the norm. Was KTM paying attention? It appears so. Enter the 390 Enduro R – a machine that promises better off-road performance while retaining the trusted 390 platform. So, is this the factory-built solution riders have been waiting for? We took it to the trails at Pro Dirt Adventure Park to find out.</p>

<h2>KTM 390 Enduro R Design &amp; Styling: Serious Off-Road Intent</h2>

<p>First impressions matter, and the Enduro R certainly makes a strong one. While it shares its underpinnings with the 390 Adventure, its stance is noticeably more aggressive and purpose-built. The vibrant KTM orange colour screams performance, and the bike looks broader and tougher  – visually more rugged than the 390 Adventure.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/04/1744278025044-sv8w-4-(1)-(1).webp" alt="KTM 390 Enduro R" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>The key change here is the sharp, minimalist LED headlight assembly, which is inspired by KTM’s hardcore EXC enduro bikes, quickening the pulse of any enthusiast. The 43mm WP Apex front forks and a matching monoshock at the rear signal serious off-road intent. Smart touches like pigmented body panels (designed to resist scratches), along with standard handguards, crash protection, and an engine bash plate, underscore its ready-for-anything character.</p><p>Beneath the skin, KTM India has made some interesting calls. The Enduro R retains the same suspension components as the 390 Adventure, offering 200mm of travel at the front and 205mm at the rear – shorter than the international model’s 230mm, which significantly lowers the seat height, making it more practical for our market.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/KTM-390-Enduro-R-Stand-View-1747313164247.webp" alt="KTM 390 Enduro R-Stand-View.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>The most consequential upgrade is the new wheelset – a 21-inch front and 18-inch rear spoked rim combo, replacing the Adventure’s 17-inch rear setup. These are shod with Mitas Enduro Trail E07+ tyres – 90-section front and a fatter 140-section rear. This setup, along with revised suspension tuning, has raised the ground clearance to an impressive 253mm (up from the Adventure’s 237mm). To ensure a slimmer profile, the fuel tank has been downsized to 9 litres from the Adventure’s 14.5 – while it affects the range, it also reduces the kerb weight to 177kg (5kg lighter than the Adventure), enhancing its handling capabilities.</p>

    
  
    
  


<h2>KTM 390 Enduro R Ergonomics &amp; Features</h2>

<p>The new Enduro R strikes a thoughtful balance between functional tech and minimalist design. It features all the essential off-road hardware, which includes dual-channel ABS with an off-road mode, traction control, and selectable Street and Off-road ride modes – notably, there’s no Rain mode as found on the 390 Adventure.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/KTM-390-Enduro-R-Speedometer-1747313158262.webp" alt="KTM 390 Enduro R-Speedometer.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>The updated switchgear feels tactile and intuitive, and there is a dedicated button to disable rear ABS on the fly, making transitions to dirt riding quick and seamless. The smaller TFT display is sharp, legible, and easy to navigate, offering smartphone connectivity and clear ride mode indicators. Within Off-road mode, riders can customise their experience by disabling traction control and even the quickshifter.</p><p>Swinging a leg over the Enduro R immediately reveals its intent. At 860mm, the seat height is 30mm taller than the 390 Adventure’s, which may pose a challenge for shorter riders, especially in tricky situations. It’s worth noting that the international version sits even higher at 890mm, adding an even bigger hurdle for less-experienced riders to climb (pun intended).</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/KTM-390-Enduro-R-Motion1-1747313212204.webp" alt="KTM 390 Enduro R-Motion1.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>The pillion grab rails, while practical, extend upward rather prominently and can snag a leg during mounting. That said, once seated, the bike feels purpose-built. The long, firm seat offers excellent support and ample fore-aft movement – crucial for managing traction off-road. The centrally-mounted footpegs and wide handlebars form a confident and comfortable rider triangle, ideal for both seated cruising and aggressive stand-up riding. One minor drawback, inherited from the Adventure, is the tendency of the plastic side panels to get scuffed over time, especially with off-road boots.</p>

    
  
    
  


<h2>KTM 390 Enduro R Engine Performance &amp; Off-Road Capability</h2>

<p>At its core, the 390 Enduro R retains the familiar 399cc LC4c engine, producing the same 46bhp and 39Nm of torque as the 390 Adventure. However, revised engine mapping and a shorter final drive ratio (14/48 vs 14/46) result in a noticeable difference.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/KTM_Enduro_R_Engine_Review_autoX-1764747862703.webp" alt="KTM_Enduro_R_Engine_Review_autoX.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>Given its reduced weight, the Enduro R feels livelier and more urgent, delivering an extra dose of punch. It remains a rev-happy motor, offering strong performance through the mid-range and top-end. That said, riders navigating tight, technical terrain may still crave a bit more low-end grunt. This is an engine that demands rider engagement, rewarding active, energetic inputs. The six-speed gearbox is well-spaced and shifts cleanly, with first and second gears proving particularly useful for both city commuting and trail riding. Despite a smaller 285mm front disc (down from 320mm on the Adventure), braking performance is strong.</p><p>Where the 390 Enduro R truly earns its stripes is off the beaten path. The revised suspension tuning makes an immediate impression. It’s far more compliant than that of the 390 Adventure – it soaks up bumps, ruts, and undulations with a newfound composure. That familiar issue of front-end bottoming on sharp hits and heavy landings has been largely resolved.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/KTM_Enduro_R_Suspension_Review_autoX-1764747890741.webp" alt="KTM_Enduro_R_Suspension_Review_autoX.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>The bike now settles quickly and confidently, encouraging riders to carry more speed through demanding terrain. However, with the 18-inch rear wheel and 205mm of travel, the rear end tends to bottom out with harder hits. Impressively, this newfound off-road capability doesn’t come at the cost of on-road performance. Thanks to its Duke-derived chassis, the Enduro R remains agile and engaging on the tarmac, carving corners with a sharpness few dual-purpose bikes in India can match.</p>

    
  
    
  


    
  
    
  
<h2>KTM 390 Enduro R Verdict: Should You Buy One?</h2>

<p>Overall, the 390 Enduro R stands out as the most capable off-road machine in KTM India’s 390 lineup. With its reduced weight, revised gearing, properly tuned and adjustable suspension, and the all-important 21/18 spoked wheel setup, it’s a machine that truly shines once the road ends. It thoughtfully addresses many of the standard Adventure’s shortcomings for serious off-road use. That said, in its stock trim, it’s neither a hardcore enduro weapon nor a proper tourer. The smaller fuel tank, high-strung engine character (for some), and tall seat height clearly define its niche. This is a bike best suited for enthusiasts who blend spirited road riding with challenging weekend trail adventures, or, perhaps, for dirt riders looking for a versatile road-legal second bike.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/KTM-390-Enduro-R-Motion-1747313152284.webp" alt="KTM 390 Enduro R-Motion.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    

<p>Against its chief rival, the Royal Enfield Himalayan 450, the Enduro R offers a sharper, more performance-focused alternative, albeit at a higher price. It’s not just a modified Adventure – it’s a thoughtfully created, factory-built response to what KTM fans have long been asking for. And the best part? KTM India has confirmed that the full-blown international-spec Enduro R will also join the lineup, giving riders the option of a no-compromise package straight from the showroom.
</p>




<p>[tabs]</p>

<p>[tab title="<strong>KTM 390 Enduro R </strong>"]</p>

<p><strong>Engine:</strong> 399cc Single-cylinder </p>

<p><strong>Transmission:</strong> 6-Speed</p>

<p><strong>Power:</strong> 46bhp </p>

<p><strong>Torque:</strong> 39Nm</p>

<p><strong>Fuel:</strong> Petrol</p>
 
<p><strong>Price:</strong> ₹3.36 Lakh Ex showroom</p>

<p><strong>X-Factor:&nbsp;</strong><em>No other motorcycle at this price point offers such a compelling blend of on- and off-road versatility as the 390 Enduro R.</em></p>

<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1">
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Pros &nbsp;</strong>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br>
			•&nbsp; Design, suspension, handling.</p>

			</td>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Cons</strong><br>
			• Pricey, weak bottom-end</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>

<p>[/tab]</p>

<p>[/tabs]</p>


KTM 390 Enduro R First Ride Review - R-eality Check

KTM fans have long desired a more serious off-road machine based on the 390 platform. The Enduro R promises to deliver just that. But does it live up to the hype?

<p>
The Chang International Circuit is F-A-S-T. Long straights, hard acceleration zones, and harder braking points – all stitched together with some truly terrifying high-speed corners. Common sense would suggest it’s not exactly the ideal playground for first-timers on a top-dog, litre-class superbike. But when it’s about Ducati, there’s always some room for surprise. Which is why they flew me to this MotoGP track to get my first taste of the 2025 Panigale V4 S.</p>

<h2>2025 Ducati Panigale V4 S: What’s New and Why It Matters</h2>

<p>Now, this is a big deal. This is about the brand-new Panigale V4 – the flagship from Bologna. As you’d expect, Ducati has been shouting from the rooftops that this is the best-ever, fastest-ever, and most forward-looking Panigale, ever. A manufacturer hyping its latest product? Business as usual, or are they actually telling the truth?</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/1747141659627-vsrg-Ducati-Panigale-V4-S-side-profile.webp" alt="Ducati Panigale V4 S-side-profile.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    

<p>Well, after spending a full day on it, lapping a racetrack under the sweltering Buriram sun, we think we have the answer. The new Panigale V4 is fan-effing-tastic!</p><p>Now, of course, a whole lot of fine-tuning and fresh changes have gone into this 7G Panigale. But let’s start with the familiar. The 2025 version is still propelled by the same 1,103cc V4 engine. It’s still blazingly red. And it’s still very desirable. Some might complain the design has softened, but it grows on you with time. Two minutes, to be precise. That’s how long it took me to fall for it.</p><h2>Ducati Panigale V4 S Engine, Frame and Suspension Updates Explained</h2><p>Let’s move to the finer details. The frame is all-new, and so is the dual-sided swingarm, which replaces the gorgeous single-sided unit of the outgoing model. Why the change? Because it’s all about form following function here. The new swingarm reduces lateral stiffness by a whopping 37%. It’s a similar story with the front frame – it claims to bring lateral rigidity down by an impressive 40%.</p>
    

    
  
    
  




<p>There are also new electronics, an updated Öhlins semi-electronic suspension setup, a beefed-up braking package, and more. Now, I could go on and type out the entire brochure for you, but I’m pretty sure I’d run out of space on these pages. So, let’s cut to the chase and talk about what really matters: the riding experience.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/1747141569427-9mcu-Ducati-Panigale-V4-S-2.webp" alt="Ducati Panigale V4 S-2.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>If you’ve ridden the original Panigale V4, especially the first-gen from 2017, you’ll remember what an assassin it was. Relentless. Rigid. Unforgiving. It was hot-blooded and temperamental, like a heavyweight boxer dialled up to 11. A lethal weapon that wouldn’t hesitate to chew you up and spit you out for the slightest mistake.</p><h2>How the 2025 Panigale V4 S Rides on Track</h2>

    
  
    
  


<p>Ducati realised the problem quickly, which is why the later versions of the Panigale V4 became a bit less feverish and a little more friendly. But, as they say, a leopard doesn’t change its spots – the red mist never fully cleared from the Panigale’s head. Well, that was until now. The new Panigale V4 is a complete rethink. It’s no longer out for your blood the moment you twist the throttle. Instead, this one gently holds your hand, calms your nerves, and then blows your pants off – same, same, but very different.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/1747141550068-wqj2-Ducati-Panigale-V4-S-Motion.webp" alt="Ducati Panigale V4 S-Motion.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    

<p>It is noticeably friendlier to ride – something that was clear from the very first lap. It feels lighter, roomier, and far less physically demanding. At 213bhp, the V4 motor still produces more or less the same power, but these 2025-spec horses are far more accessible.</p>

<p>For instance, the throttle no longer feels like you’re cracking open the lid of a nuclear reactor. The response is sharp but measured, and not barking mad. Make no mistake, the acceleration is still mind-tinglingly brutish, and a slight twist of the wrist will still leave you breathless – just not in a suicidal way.</p>

<p>And those long straights? The Panigale eats them up like Pac-Man. The acceleration is jaw-dropping. But before you can even pick your jaw off the floor, you’re hard on the brakes, and down it goes again on the floor – the stopping power from the new Brembo Hypure brakes are simply sensational.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/1747141575618-c30a-Ducati-Panigale-V4-S-3.webp" alt="Ducati Panigale V4 S-3.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    

<p>What’s more, you now get Race eCBS – a linked braking system that automatically engages the rear brake for trail braking when you grab the front lever. The result? Tighter lines into apexes and a sense that, just maybe, you’re the second coming of Marc Márquez.</p>

<p>And last but not least, the handling and electronics. While the old Panigale needed to be muscled into corners at high speeds, this one flows with you, like an extension of your body. You can hurl it into a bend without a second thought, and it’ll rocket out the other side, gripping the tarmac like a leech. Honestly, it feels more like a middleweight than a full-fat litre-class machine.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/1747141542250-9h1j-Ducati-Panigale-V4-S-Speedometer.webp" alt="Ducati Panigale V4 S-Speedometer.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p>

<p>Adding to that sense of confidence is its suite of stellar electronics, including the new DVO (Ducati Vehicle Observer), which constantly tweaks wheelie control and traction control in real time. Not only does it keep you from launching yourself into space but also helps you post faster lap times.</p>

<h2>2025 Ducati Panigale V4 S Verdict: Should You Buy One?</h2>

<p>As far as I’m concerned, the Panigale V4 S is faultless. It’s blisteringly fast and drop-dead gorgeous, and now it’s also friendlier and more welcoming than ever. Regardless of your skill level, it’s a motorcycle that urges you to push harder, without punishing your body or bruising your ego. The only downside? That price tag. At ₹36.5 lakh (ex-showroom), it demands a heck of a lot of money. But, then, in return, you also get a heck of a lot of bike.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Ducati_Panigale_V4_S_First_Ride_Review_Chang_Circuit_autoX-1764048271090.webp" alt="Ducati_Panigale_V4_S_First_Ride_Review_Chang_Circuit_autoX.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p>




<p>[tabs]</p>

<p>[tab title="<strong>Ducati Panigale V4 S</strong>"]</p>

<p><strong>Engine:</strong> 1,103cc V4</p>

<p><strong>Transmission:</strong> 6-Speed</p>

<p><strong>Power:</strong> 213bhp </p>

<p><strong>Torque:</strong> 121Nm</p>

<p><strong>Fuel:</strong> Petrol</p>
 
<p><strong>Price:</strong> ₹36.5 Lakh Ex showroom</p>

<p><strong>X-Factor:&nbsp;</strong><em>Not just the best superbike of the present era, but perhaps an all-time great!</em></p>

<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1">
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Pros &nbsp;</strong>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br>
			•&nbsp; Handling, performance, electronics</p>

			</td>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Cons</strong><br>
			• Costs a bomb!</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>

<p>[/tab]</p>

<p>[/tabs]</p>


Ducati Panigale V4 S First Ride Review - Top Dog

The Chang International Circuit is fast and unforgiving, but that’s exactly where Ducati sent us to sample the new Panigale V4 S — and discover just how different it really is.

<p>
    Hero MotoCorp seems to be on a roll, turning its concepts from EICMA 2024 into reality. Hot on the heels of the Xoom 160 comes the Xtreme 250R. It is touted as the quickest machine in its class. With its bold, aggressive styling, it certainly grabs attention, but does its performance back it up?</p>

<h2>Hero Xtreme 250R Design &amp; Styling: Italian Flair?</h2>

<p>Let’s talk design first – well, because, frankly, it’s impossible to ignore. While the styling is a bit polarising, personally, I’m quite taken by its sharp, aggressive lines. During our ride in Udaipur, it drew plenty of attention – some admiring, others possibly bewildered. There’s a clear hint of Italian streetfighter flair here, particularly in the pointed front end housing the LED projector headlamp, the muscular tank shrouds flanking the sculpted fuel tank, and the stubby, minimalist tail section. Viewed head-on, it has a bit of a Ducati-esque appearance.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/1747140520727-tzvl-Hero-Xtreme-250R-Stand-View.webp" alt="Hero Xtreme 250R-Stand-View.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>Hero’s design team has clearly gone the extra mile, delivering a look that feels both premium and purposeful. The 17-inch diamond-cut alloy wheels complement the overall design very well, especially in the striking colour scheme you see on these pages. That said, it’s not without its flaws. For instance, the integrated saree guard and front number plate holder feels bulky and detracts from its otherwise sleek profile – while the bike looks cleaner without it, it’s neither legal nor practical.</p>







<h2>Hero Xtreme 250R Features &amp; Tech: Tech Savvy?</h2>

<p>For its segment, the Xtreme 250R is reasonably equipped. A standout feature is the Class-D LED projector headlamp, which has proven quite effective in previous models like the Xpulse 200 4V. LED indicators are standard, and the emergency stop signal – which activates the hazard light during hard braking – is a thoughtful safety addition. The bike also features switchable dual-channel ABS with two selectable modes – Road and Race – offering added flexibility.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/1747140413745-yl8r-Hero-Xtreme-250R-Speedometer.webp" alt="Hero Xtreme 250R-Speedometer.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>For instrumentation, the Xtreme 250R comes with an easy-to-read, negative LCD panel with Bluetooth connectivity for alerts and navigation. While it does the job well, it lacks the premium feel of the TFT displays found on some key rivals, such as the KTM 250 Duke. At this price point, a TFT display would have significantly enhanced its appeal.</p>







<h2>Hero Xtreme 250R Comfort &amp; Ergonomics: Comfort Zone?</h2>

<p>Ergonomically, the Xtreme 250R is quite accessible. Its wide handlebar and 806mm seat height provide a comfortable, upright riding posture, which is good for city riding and should be manageable for most riders. The seat is well-contoured, offering decent comfort. The bike is also good in terms of practicality – its 167mm of ground clearance is quite sufficient for uneven or broken roads.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Hero_Xtreme_250R_First_Ride_Review_autoX-1764048175762.webp" alt="Hero_Xtreme_250R_First_Ride_Review_autoX.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>That said, the neutral footpeg position and upright stance make it a bit challenging to fully tuck in or grip the bike during more spirited riding. While it’s great for daily commuting, it slightly detracts from the aggressive riding experience. On the upside, the wide handlebars offer excellent leverage, making quick steering inputs fairly easy.</p>



<h2>Hero Xtreme 250R Performance &amp; Handling: Go vs Show?</h2>

<p>Now, let’s talk about the heart of the matter: performance and handling. The Xtreme 250R is powered by a relatively new 250cc liquid-cooled single-cylinder engine, which is essentially a stroked version of the 210cc unit from the Karizma. Hero claims outputs of 29.5bhp at 9,250rpm and 25Nm of torque at 7,250rpm. With a 12:1 compression ratio and that peak power figure, it’s clear that it is a top-end focused motor – and that’s exactly how it feels on the road.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/1747140407759-h0ch-Hero-Xtreme-250R-Engine.webp" alt="Hero Xtreme 250R-Engine.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p>

<p>That’s not to say that it’s completely gutless lower down. There’s a healthy, usable mid-range, which makes city commuting and overtaking quite easy. But to truly tap into its performance, you really need to wring its neck and keep the revs high. It thrives when pushed, which makes it quite engaging around twisty roads.</p><p>However, this high-revving nature comes at a cost. Vibrations creep in as the revs climb, particularly through the handlebars and footpegs. During the test, while riding spiritedly, I often found myself short-shifting out of mechanical sympathy, hesitant to constantly wring it out. If you prefer an engine you can thrash, this might not be it. </p>

<p>Hero claims that the Xtreme 250R is the fastest in its class (0 – 60 km/h and 0 – 100 km/h). While it’s yet to be verified with proper testing equipment, my seat-of-the-pants impressions suggest that it’s a brisk and eager performer, especially once you’re past the mid-range.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/1747140375658-awoj-Hero-Xtreme-250R-Motion.webp" alt="Hero Xtreme 250R-Motion.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>Where the Xtreme 250R truly shines is in terms of handling. The chassis feels taut and communicative, giving the bike a light, nimble character. Whether you’re weaving through city traffic or carving up a twisty mountain road, it responds eagerly to inputs and holds its line with reassuring confidence. The suspension strikes a commendable balance – it’s firm enough for sporty riding and yet compliant enough to handle rough roads.</p>

<h2>Hero Xtreme 250R Verdict: Should You Buy This New 250cc Streetfighter?</h2>

<p>The Hero Xtreme 250R is a strong contender in the 250cc segment. With its sharp styling, agile handling, and decent feature list, it offers a well-rounded package for riders seeking a sporty yet practical machine. The engine offers solid performance, especially in the top end, though it’s not the smoothest engine out there. Still, it is an agile, sporty streetfighter, which is also comfortable enough for daily use.</p>

<p>While the LCD screen feels a bit dated compared to what some of its rivals offer, the overall package, especially the bike’s dynamic ability, is quite compelling. So, if you prefer sharp aesthetics, agile handling, and an engine that rewards spirited riding, the Xtreme 250R is well worth considering.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/1747140442039-ilcw-Hero-Xtreme-250R-1.webp" alt="Hero Xtreme 250R-1.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p>




<p>[tabs]</p>

<p>[tab title="<strong>Hero Xtreme 250R </strong>"]</p>

<p><strong>Engine:</strong> 249cc Single-cylinder</p>

<p><strong>Transmission:</strong> 6-Speed</p>

<p><strong>Power:</strong> 29.5bhp </p>

<p><strong>Torque:</strong> 25Nm</p>

<p><strong>Fuel:</strong> Petrol</p>

<p><strong>Price:</strong> ₹1.80 Lakh Ex showroom</p>

<p><strong>X-Factor:&nbsp;</strong><em>With design and performance to rival the best in its class and a price tag closer to the segment below, the Xtreme 250R is an exceptional value proposition.</em></p>

<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1">
    <tbody>
        <tr>
            <td>
                <p><strong>Pros &nbsp;</strong>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br>
                    •&nbsp; Design, price &amp; handling</p>

            </td>
            <td>
                <p><strong>Cons</strong><br>
                    • Vibrations, weak bottom-end</p>
            </td>
        </tr>
    </tbody>
</table>

<p>[/tab]</p>

<p>[/tabs]</p>

Hero Xtreme 250R First Ride Review - Xtreme 'Nuff?

Hero’s sharply styled Xtreme 250R promises class-leading performance and standout streetfighter attitude, but does it truly deliver where it matters most?

<p>
The Ultraviolette F77 Mach 2 is easily one of the coolest electric motorcycles in India. However, its aggressive riding position can feel a bit too committed, making city commutes and long rides uncomfortable for some riders. Enter the new SuperStreet – it’s designed for those who prefer a more upright riding posture. To put it to the test, we travelled to Ultraviolette’s base, where we rode the F77 SuperStreet both on a go-kart track and on public roads. The idea was to find out how it handles, and whether it is the revelation that Ultraviolette promises.</p>

    
  
    
  
<h2>Ultraviolette F77 SuperStreet Design &amp; Battery Specs</h2>

<p>You might be wondering why the F77 SuperStreet looks almost identical to the F77 Mach 2. Well, according to the company, the design was already so good that they saw no reason to make any changes. So, the hardware is pretty much the same, with just a few small tweaks. The Recon variant we tested comes with the same 10.3kWh battery, giving you an IDC-certified range of 323km, along with 40 horsepower and 100Nm of torque. It can go from zero to 60km/h in just 2.8 seconds and hit the 100km/h mark in another 4.9 seconds, making the Recon variant about 0.1 seconds faster than the standard one. However, both versions have a top speed of 155km/h, just like the F77 Mach 2.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/02/1740138849152-8ijx-Ultraviolette-F77-SuperStreet-Recon-Speedometer.webp" alt="Ultraviolette F77 SuperStreet Recon-Speedometer.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>The SuperStreet also offers three ride modes – Glide, Combat, and Ballistic – paired to a 10-level regenerative braking system, which is optional in the standard version. Another cool feature it shares with the Mach 2 is the Dynamic Stability Control (DSC), which effectively uses the regenerative braking system in conjunction with the ABS, ensuring optimal stability and control, especially in challenging riding conditions. It prevents wheel lockup by dynamically adjusting braking force while slowing down using regenerative braking.</p>

    
  
    
  


<h2>Ultraviolette F77 SuperStreet vs Mach 2: Key Changes Explained</h2>

<p>One of the biggest updates is the handlebar – the bike gets a wider, single-piece unit instead of the old clip-on bars. To fit this new handlebar on the SuperStreet version, the company added a riser and tweaked the triple clamp. Although the seat and footpeg positions haven’t changed, this new setup straightens the riding posture by about 25 degrees. So, you end up sitting pretty upright, just like you do on a typical streetfighter.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/02/1740138833540-05li-Ultraviolette-F77-SuperStreet-Recon-front-three-quarter.webp" alt="Ultraviolette F77 SuperStreet Recon-front-three-quarter.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>And that change really makes a world of difference. In fact, I really like the comfortable riding position of the F77 SuperStreet. The upright riding position feels great, and those wider handlebars give you better control, especially when navigating city traffic. Surprisingly, it doesn’t lose much on the track, either. But is that really all it takes to call it a solid street bike?</p>

    
  
<h2>Ultraviolette F77 SuperStreet City Riding Experience</h2>

<p>The F77 SuperStreet has the same mechanical setup as the Mach 2. The brakes are great, but the suspension feels a bit too stiff for my weight, which is about 50kgs. That said, heavier riders might not face the same issue. You can also tweak the preload at both the front and rear. What really stands out, though, is the weight. It tips the scales at over 200 kilos, which makes it a lot heavier than most ICE street bikes that perform similarly. For lighter riders, just lifting it off the stand can be a task, and manoeuvring it through city traffic definitely isn’t as easy as riding a 160 – 170kgs ICE sports bike.</p>

<h2>Ultraviolette F77 SuperStreet Comfort &amp; Touring Ability</h2>

<p>
I also found the seat to be a bit stiff, which could be a problem on longer rides. However, if you can swap it out for something more comfortable, I think the F77 SuperStreet could be a solid touring companion.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/02/1740138839983-hkx9-Ultraviolette-F77-SuperStreet-Recon-Stand-View.webp" alt="Ultraviolette F77 SuperStreet Recon-Stand-View.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p>

<p>
Out on the open road, the weight of the bike isn’t really an issue. Plus, it’s also packed with some cool touring-friendly features, like three riding modes, 10 levels of regenerative braking, four levels of traction control, and dual-mode, dual-channel ABS to ensure that you ride the way you desire. Sure, you might miss out on a sweet exhaust growl, but the smooth, vibration-free ride, especially at speeds up to 155km/h, more than makes up for it. Plus, the money you save on fuel means that you’ll have more to spend on fun stuff during your trip.</p>







<p>[tabs]</p>

<p>[tab title="<strong>Ultraviolette F77 SuperStreet Recon</strong>"]</p>

<p><strong>Engine:</strong> Permanent Magnet AC Motor </p>

<p><strong>Transmission:</strong> 10.3kWh</p>

<p><strong>Power:</strong> 40.2bhp </p>

<p><strong>Torque:</strong> 100Nm</p>
 
<p><strong>Fuel:</strong> Electric</p> 

<p><strong>Price:</strong> ₹3.99 Lakh Ex showroom</p>

<p><strong>X-Factor:&nbsp;</strong><em>The F77 SuperStreet is now a step closer to EV perfection</em></p>

<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1">
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Pros &nbsp;</strong>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br>
			•&nbsp; Comfortable riding position &amp; acceleration </p>

			</td>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Cons</strong><br>
			• Weight &amp; stiff suspension </p>
			</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>

<p>[/tab]</p>

<p>[/tabs]</p>


Ultraviolette F77 SuperStreet First Ride Review - Street Smart

The F77 SuperStreet may look similar to the Mach 2, but Ultraviolette claims it offers a completely different riding experience. We ride it to find out!

<p>
    TVS has finally stepped into the most competitive and fastest-growing motorcycle segment in India – adventure touring. With the all-new Apache RTX, the company isn’t merely testing the waters; it’s staging a full-scale assault on a battlefield ruled by heavyweights like the Royal Enfield Himalayan 450 and the Triumph Scrambler 400X.</p><p><strong>Also Read:</strong>&nbsp;<a href="https://www.autox.com/track-test/autox-awards-2024-royal-enfield-himalayan-450-performance-quality-and-value-for-money-ranked-118960/" target="_blank">Royal Enfield Himalayan 450 Performance, Quality and Value for Money Ranked</a></p><p>So, expectations, naturally, are immense – after all, the Apache name has a history of racing performance both on and off the tarmac. The RTX seems to be ready for the battle, with an impressive spec sheet, and a clear intent to challenge the class leaders. But as we discovered on the winding, weather-beaten roads of Himachal, designing a capable ADV is one thing, but building one that can dethrone established, character-rich icons, is quite another.</p>





<h2>TVS Apache RTX Design, Features &amp; Ergonomics</h2>

<p>The Apache RTX’s strongest weapon is, without doubt, its design. Here, TVS has absolutely nailed the brief. The bike exudes European sophistication and substantial road presence. In a segment where looking the part is half the war won, the RTX arrives fully armed. The front end commands attention with its high-mounted fender and sharp, twin-pod Class D LED headlamps, echoing design cues from premium adventure bikes like the Triumph Tiger. Some may call it derivative, but the execution feels cohesive and confident – in simple terms, it works. It has a big-bike aura that belies its price tag, further amplified by the muscular 12.5-litre fuel tank with crisp, modern lines flowing neatly into a slim, rally-style tail section.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/TVS-Apache-RTX-Fuel-Tank-1763015501374.webp" alt="TVS Apache RTX-Fuel-Tank.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>The good news is that the RTX’s striking design doesn’t come at the cost of approachability. On paper, the 835mm seat height sounds daunting, especially for the average Indian rider, but TVS has sculpted the tank junction and the thin inseam brilliantly. At 5’6”, I could get both toes down comfortably enough to inspire confidence, whether navigating traffic or tackling tricky, uneven terrain. The riding triangle feels spot-on – upright, relaxed, and commanding. The bars fall naturally to hand, and the peg position strikes a comfortable middle ground for long rides. Stand-up ergonomics are equally natural, with the tank easy to grip between the knees, though taller riders may wish for slightly higher handlebars for a comfortable reach on technical off-road stretches.</p><p><strong>Also Read:</strong>&nbsp;<a href="https://www.autox.com/exclusive-stories/tvs-apache-rr-310-arrc-ride---mandalika-monster-121963/" target="_blank">TVS Apache RR 310 ARRC Ride - Mandalika Monster</a></p><p>It’s in terms of features, however, that the RTX truly throws down the gauntlet to its rivals. TVS has packed it to the brim, arguably creating the most feature-rich motorcycle in its class. The 5-inch colour TFT cluster takes centre stage, with a crisp, intuitive layout that automatically switches between day and night modes.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/TVS-Apache-RTX-start-stop-switch-1763015513953.webp" alt="TVS Apache RTX-start-stop-switch.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>It offers full connectivity with map mirroring, call alerts, and music control – functions that are genuinely useful for a touring machine. The map mirroring function is powered by Google Maps, and I was particularly impressed by its seamless pairing and lag-free interface. But that’s not the end of it. The RTX also gets cruise control, all-LED lighting, adjustable levers, a bi-directional quickshifter, and, crucially, switchable dual-channel ABS.</p>













<h2>TVS Apache RTX Engine Performance</h2>

<p>Powering the RTX is a new 299cc liquid-cooled DOHC single-cylinder engine, which produces a healthy 35.5bhp and 28.5Nm of torque. The engine is tractable, with a perfectly linear power delivery. In simpler terms, it’s predictable and, unfortunately, flat.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/TVS-Apache-RTX-Engine-Close-Up-1763015493994.webp" alt="TVS Apache RTX-Engine-Close-Up.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>This is where the RTX stumbles. The powertrain is, without a doubt, the bike's most significant compromise. For all its visual aggression and high-tech promises, it lacks the low-end grunt that’s critical for an adventure tourer – the kind that’s needed to pull it out of tough situations. The power surge hits post 4,000rpm, forcing you to work the six-speed gearbox incessantly to stay in the meat of the powerband.</p>







<p>Beyond the numbers, the engine simply lacks character. It’s functional but not fun – a mere tool to get the job done. It’s Clark Kent dressed as Superman without any abilities – all the right looks, none of the mettle. It doesn’t like to be pushed hard, but if you do it anyway, vibrations begin to creep in at higher RPM, moving from the pegs to the bars, gradually eroding the calm composure you expect on long rides and, inducing fatigue sooner than you’d like.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/TVS-Apache-RTX-Motion-1763015485169.webp" alt="TVS Apache RTX-Motion.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p>

<p>This fundamental character flaw is compounded by the 6-speed gearbox – despite featuring a bi-directional quickshifter, first and second gears feel a bit too short. This is impractical for both slow-speed off-roading and stop-and-go city traffic – you find yourself constantly shifting between first and third.</p>

<h2>TVS Apache RTX Ride &amp; Handling Review</h2>

<p>Where the engine disappoints, the chassis and suspension redeem some of the RTX's performance credentials. This is the bike’s saving grace, and arguably its strongest dynamic attribute, proving that TVS’s racing DNA and engineering finesse remain very much intact. Built around a sturdy steel trellis frame paired with a lightweight aluminium swingarm (a premium touch for this class), the RTX’s foundations are rock-solid. Suspension duties are handled by 41mm upside-down forks up front and a monoshock at the rear, each offering a generous 180mm of travel.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/TVS-Apache-RTX-Motion3-1763015534452.webp" alt="TVS Apache RTX-Motion3.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p>

<p>The best word to describe this setup? Balanced. TVS has nailed the tuning. It’s firm enough to encourage spirited riding on the road, letting you carve corners with precision and confidence, with no trace of the vague wallow that afflicts many adventure bikes. Yet, when the road disappears, it becomes surprisingly compliant, sailing over gravel and broken tarmac without unsettling the rider or transmitting harsh jolts through the spine. The composure it maintains over rough terrain belies its price point.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/bmw-f-450-gs-production-model-revealed-at-eicma-2025-with-new-420cc-twin-cylinder-engine-122091/" target="_blank">BMW F 450 GS Production Model Revealed at EICMA 2025</a></p><p>Complementing this chassis brilliance is a well-judged wheel setup – 19-inch at the front, and 17-inch at the rear, shod with 110/80 and 150/70 section tyres, respectively. It’s the perfect compromise – stable and sure-footed off-road, yet agile and responsive on tarmac. Combine that with its manageable 180kgs kerb weight, and you get a bike that feels planted, flickable, and, crucially, not a burden to lift if you drop it on the trail.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/TVS-Apache-RTX-Motion2-1763015522313.webp" alt="TVS Apache RTX-Motion2.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>Unfortunately, the near-perfect dynamics were somewhat marred by teething issues on our pre-production test units. My particular bike suffered from inconsistent fuelling at low speeds and low RPM, resulting in a jerky, unpredictable throttle response. This made it difficult to fully test its capability in technical off-road situations where smooth throttle input is paramount. The gear indicator of my test unit also seemed confused, often displaying first gear even after multiple upshifts – a small but annoying glitch that detracts from the otherwise premium tech package. But rest assured, TVS has promised that these issues will be taken care of before the production version hits showrooms.</p>





<h2>TVS Apache RTX Review Verdict: Strengths, Weaknesses &amp; Rivals</h2>

<p>So, where does the TVS Apache RTX stand? It is, without doubt, a versatile motorcycle and a solid addition to the ADV segment. In many ways, it’s a frustratingly good package. TVS has nailed the hard parts – it looks superb, has a feature list that outclasses its rivals, and is equipped with a beautifully balanced suspension setup that makes it genuinely capable and comfortable across varied terrains. It’s a bike that feels equally at home commuting in the city as it does tackling slow, technical trails.</p><p><strong>Also Read:</strong>&nbsp;<a href="https://www.autox.com/reviews/bike-reviews/triumph-scrambler-400x-first-ride-review-does-it-have-the-x-factor-to-makes-it-special-115075/" target="_blank">Triumph Scrambler 400X First Ride Review</a></p>

<p>Yet, for all its strengths, it’s ultimately held back by an average powertrain, and in this segment, average just doesn’t cut it. Winning this battle requires more than just good impressions. And that’s where the RTX struggles. Its rivals are valued because of their engines – the Himalayan for its torquey, tractable, and character-rich ‘Sherpa’ 450, and the Scrambler 400X for its refined, punchy, and surprisingly soulful 400cc single. Against these two, the RTX’s engine feels uninspiring, unrefined, and poorly geared, putting it at a significant disadvantage.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/TVS-Apache-RTX-Taillight-1763015548393.webp" alt="TVS Apache RTX-Taillight.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p>

<p>TVS has built an exceptional foundation – one that deserves more soul. If the company can address the pre-production issues and, in a future update, add some much-needed low-end grunt and fix the gearing (like it managed with the 310 series), it could have a genuine segment leader. For now, though, the Apache RTX remains a deeply impressive first attempt, but its climb to the top of the adventure-touring mountain is still a steep one.
</p>



<p>[tabs]</p>

<p>[tab title="<strong>TVS RTX 300 Adventure</strong>"]</p>

<p><strong>Engine:</strong> 299cc / Single-Cylinder</p>

<p><strong>Transmission:</strong> 6-Speed</p>

<p><strong>Power:</strong> 35.5bhp</p>

<p><strong>Torque:</strong> 28.5Nm</p>

<p><strong>Fuel:</strong> Petrol</p>

<p><strong>Price:</strong> ₹2.29 Lakh Ex showroom</p>

<p><strong>X-Factor:&nbsp;</strong><em>A versatile and stylish all-rounder that feels equally at home commuting, cruising long distances, and tackling light off-road trails.</em></p>

<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1">
    <tbody>
        <tr>
            <td>
                <p><strong>Pros &nbsp;</strong>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br>
                    •&nbsp; Design, features, suspension</p>

            </td>
            <td>
                <p><strong>Cons</strong><br>
                    • Engine lacks character &amp; grunt</p>
            </td>
        </tr>
    </tbody>
</table>

<p>[/tab]</p>

<p>[/tabs]</p>

TVS Apache RTX First Ride Review - Uphill Battle

Killer looks, a brilliant chassis, and a loaded feature list – but does the Apache RTX have what it takes to be the new segment leader?

<p>
I have a long history with the Volkswagen Tiguan. It’s a car that I’ve admired over the years and driven extensively. In fact, over the past six years or so, I’ve spent considerable time behind the wheel of at least four variations of the Tiguan. It wouldn’t be an exaggeration to say that I might have driven the Tiguan more extensively than anyone else in India. So, when the brand-new generation of the SUV that I truly love driving arrived, I was quite eager to find out what all had changed. Here’s what I think of the new Tiguan, and whether it’s worth your money or not.</p>

<h2>Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line Interior Review – Screens, Tech &amp; Quality</h2>

<p>The interior of the Tiguan is all-new, with a massive infotainment touchscreen in the centre of the dashboard, giving it a far more luxurious feel compared to the previous generation.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/07/Volkswagen-Tiguan-R-Line-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation-1752818840078.webp" alt="Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>The display features configurable shortcut buttons along the top and bottom, and the large central home screen displays the sat nav, music, and other important information. It’s fast, responsive and has bright, clear graphics. However, you still get Volkswagen’s unintuitive touch-sensitive sliders for climate control. On the plus side, there is an excellent digital instrument display as standard, now larger than the one in the previous model. It wouldn’t be a stretch to say that the new Tiguan has one of the most modern, high-tech cabins in the mid-sized SUV segment.</p><p>While the old Tiguan’s simple Teutonic design had its appeal, it was starting to look dated. The new model addresses that with sleek LED headlights that merge into a full-width black panel, giving the front a fresh new look.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/Volkswagen-Tiguan-R-Line-Rear-view-1747374820060.webp" alt="Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line-Rear-view.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>At the rear, a similar light panel runs along the boot lid. Overall, especially in the brighter colour options, paired with the 19-inch wheels, the new Tiguan looks refreshing and quite attractive. The prominent headlights and taillights give it an imposing presence on the road.</p>

    
  
    
  


<h2>Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line Driving Experience – Ride, Refinement &amp; Handling</h2>

<p>Behind the wheel, the Tiguan is quiet, comfortable, and refined to drive, both in the city and on the highway. The suspension is well-tuned and soaks up big bumps with ease while keeping the car stable and composed. This makes the Tiguan a great car for daily driving, but the light steering and refined suspension mean that it’s not the most exciting car on twisty roads, even with its sportiest setting.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/Volkswagen-Tiguan-R-Line-side-profile-dynamic-1747374034112.webp" alt="Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line-side-profile-dynamic.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    

    
  
    
  


<p>The Tiguan strikes a sweet spot in terms of dimensions – it’s big enough to offer a spacious interior, yet compact enough to remain easy and unintimidating to drive in urban settings. Visibility is pretty good, and the high seating position gives you a commanding view of the road ahead.</p>

<p>Its light steering makes tight manoeuvres effortless, so much so that it makes you almost forget that you’re driving a practical SUV.</p><p>The suspension is well-tuned too – if you hit a big speed bump, it doesn’t send a harsh jolt through the cabin and settles down quickly. That said, there is a slightly firm edge to it, which means that sharper imperfections, such as potholes, are quite noticeable.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/Volkswagen-Tiguan-R-Line-Rear-Three-Quarter-1747374552787.webp" alt="Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line-Rear-Three-Quarter.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    

    
  
    
  
  


<p>On the highway, the Tiguan’s comfort and refinement continue to impress. It remains quiet at higher speeds, and the suspension deals with most road irregularities with ease, although a bit of road noise does filter in.</p>

<p>As with most cars that prioritise comfort and refinement, you have to make some sacrifices in terms of having fun on twisty roads. The tyres offer decent grip, but the steering is quite light and lacks feedback, which somewhat knocks your confidence, meaning you have to hold back a bit.</p><p>Switching the Tiguan to Sport mode makes the throttle more responsive, and the gearbox becomes more willing to downshift when you accelerate.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/07/Volkswagen-Tiguan-R-Line-start-stop-switch-1752818886074.webp" alt="Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line-start-stop-switch.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>Once you get in the groove, it shifts up and down quickly, responding to your inputs far better than in the standard setting. That said, the experience still feels a bit synthetic and lacks the fun of spirited driving.</p>

    
  
    
    


<h2>Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line Space, Seating &amp; Boot Capacity Explained</h2>

<p>The Tiguan is a pretty large car, so it’s no surprise that the front seats feel expansive. There are loads of adjustments for both the seats and the steering wheel, making it easy for drivers of all shapes and sizes to find a comfortable driving position.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Volkswagen_Tugian_R-Line_Front_Seats_Review_autoX-1764747430127.webp" alt="Volkswagen_Tugian_R-Line_Front_Seats_Review_autoX.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>Since we get the R-Line version in India, the sports seats are absolutely fantastic, with impressive lumbar and side support – they are really very comfortable. However, they lack electric adjustment, which might be a drawback for some customers. Another notable omission is keyless entry and exit – a feature I personally value and find frustrating to do without.</p><p>In the rear, the Tiguan offers impressive space, befitting a family SUV. Two six-footers can easily sit behind front passengers of similar height, with plenty of knee and headroom for both. The rear bench is quite flat, and the centre seat is relatively wide, so a third passenger can ride in reasonable comfort as well.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/Volkswagen-Tiguan-R-Line-Rear-Space-1747374590229.webp" alt="Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line-Rear-Space.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    

    
  
    
  


<p>With 652 litres of boot space, the new Tiguan offers one of the largest boots in a two-row SUV. It’s not just big but also quite practical. There’s no load lip between the boot opening and the floor, so you don’t have to hoist items into it. The rear seats fold completely flat, allowing you to slide items all the way in without any obstruction.</p>

<h2>Tiguan R-Line Features &amp; Cabin Quality – Touchscreen, Materials &amp; Tech</h2>

<p>The new Tiguan’s interior has undergone a thorough transformation, and the centrepiece is a 12.9-inch touchscreen infotainment display, now standard across the range. It controls all of the car’s major functions and marks a significant upgrade over the previous generation model.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/03/1742897697837-jrt1-Volkswagen-Tiguan-R-Line-Rear-Interior.webp" alt="Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line Rear Interior.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    

<p>The new system software feels much closer to modern smartphones, with features like multiple home screens, configurable shortcuts and widgets, and gestures such as press-and-hold for adjustments. Climate controls have been moved to a slim bar at the bottom of the display, and just below it are touch-sensitive sliders for volume and temperature. While this setup is slightly better executed than in some other VW models, it still takes time to get used to and isn’t the most intuitive.</p>

<p>That said, the interior quality is excellent throughout – it’s certainly a cut above a lot of SUVs in this price range.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/Volkswagen-Tiguan-R-Line-Steering-Controls-1747374119426.webp" alt="Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line-Steering-Controls.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p>Soft-touch plastics and solid build quality give the cabin a premium feel, and everything feels well put together. But if you start poking around, you’ll find a few hard plastic bits, like on the lower part of the centre console and the rear door cards.</p>

<h2>Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line Verdict – Price, Value &amp; Should You Buy It?</h2>

<p>As someone who has been a fan of the Tiguan since it was launched in India back in 2018, I’d say that the latest version is a massive upgrade and a worthy one. Sure, the price has considerably increased – it’s now a CBU import rather than being assembled locally in India  – but the quality, driving appeal, and overall feel of the car have also seen a massive improvement, which easily justifies its increased price. That said, it’s the new interior, in particular, that makes it feel like a true luxury SUV now.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/07/Volkswagen-Tiguan-R-Line-1752818101552.webp" alt="Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    

<p>Sure, it isn’t cheap, but at this price point, it is nigh on impossible to find an SUV that drives better. That’s why I’m thinking of requesting VW India for another long-term Tiguan as soon as possible.
</p>




<p>[tabs]</p>

<p>[tab title="<strong>Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line</strong>"]</p>

<p><strong>Engine:</strong> 1,984cc 4-cylinder</p>

<p><strong>Transmission:</strong> 7-Speed DSG AWD</p>

<p><strong>Power:</strong> 201bhp </p>

<p><strong>Torque:</strong> 320Nm</p>

<p><strong>Fuel:</strong> Petrol</p>
 
<p><strong>Price:</strong> ₹49 Lakh Ex showroom</p>

<p><strong>X-Factor:&nbsp;</strong><em>If you’re looking for a great fun-to-drive SUV under ₹50 lakh, the Tiguan is your answer!</em></p>

<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1">
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Pros &nbsp;</strong>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br>
			•&nbsp; Luxurious interior, fun to drive</p>

			</td>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Cons</strong><br>
			• Not cheap, lacks some features</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>

<p>[/tab]</p>

<p>[/tabs]</p>


Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line Review - Fun in an SUV!

The Tiguan makes a comeback in a brand new avatar. Our in-house Tiguan expert takes it for a spin to find out what it offers.  

<p>The Kia Carens has been selling well in the market, surpassing the sales milestone of 2 lakh units since its launch in 2021. More than three years on, this three-row offering was due for an update. But instead of introducing a direct replacement for the old model, Kia has launched a new, more premium and feature-rich vehicle based on the Carens: the Carens Clavis. While Carens reflects its lineage, Clavis derives from a Latin phrase meaning ‘the Golden Key’. So, what key updates set the Carens Clavis apart from the standard Carens?</p>

<p>Let’s find out.</p>

<h2>Kia Carens Clavis Looks: MPV Turned SUV</h2>

<p>Despite sharing its underpinnings with the Carens, the Clavis sports a distinctly different look. This is largely due to design elements like the new Digital Tiger Nose grille and the striking Star Map LED DRLs paired with a redesigned headlamp cluster. The front fascia is mostly closed off – reminiscent of electric vehicles – and resembles Kia’s newer models like the Syros and EV9. A prominent silver-finished chrome skid plate at both ends adds a rugged, SUV-like character, further enhanced by the raised bonnet, which gives the front-end profile a more commanding presence.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/06/Kia-Carens-Clavis-alloy-wheel-1749466914961.webp" alt="Kia Carens Clavis-alloy-wheel.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>Contributing to its more premium appearance are the 17-inch alloy wheels, an inch larger than those on the standard Carens. In terms of dimensions, the Clavis is 10mm longer, while the rest of its measurements remain unchanged. As a result, it has the same boot capacity as the Carens – 216 litres.</p>

    
  
    
  


<h2>Kia Carens Clavis Interior: Premium Cabin and New Tech Features</h2>

<p>Step inside the Clavis, and you are welcomed by a noticeably more premium and modern cabin. There’s a clear focus on technology and aesthetics, with improved materials on the dashboard that are both visually appealing and well-finished.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/06/Kia-Carens-Clavis-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation-1749466906825.webp" alt="Kia Carens Clavis-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>New additions include a connected island that houses twin 10.25-inch displays, a four-way power-adjustable driver’s seat, an updated steering wheel, and a larger dual-pane panoramic sunroof. One notable feature is the hybrid touch panel that toggles between media and climate controls. While it saves space on the dashboard, its usability while driving is questionable, as it requires taking your eyes off the road.</p><p>The second row remains largely unchanged. The Clavis is offered in both 6- and 7-seat configurations, similar to the Carens.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/08/Kia-Clavis_Diesel_MTReview_autoX_03-1755597189589.webp" alt="Kia-Clavis_Diesel_MTReview_autoX_03.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>The 7-seat variant now includes a three-point seatbelt for the middle passenger. A convenient walk-in feature allows the second-row passenger to adjust the front passenger seat via a lever on its side. Additionally, a one-touch tumble function for the left-side second-row seat makes accessing the third row quite easier.</p>

    
  
    
  


<p>Due to the extended sunroof reaching the second row, the roof-mounted AC vents have been repositioned to the sides.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/06/Kia-Carens-Clavis-Sunroof-top-1749466922473.webp" alt="Kia Carens Clavis-Sunroof-top.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>It’s slightly disappointing that the under-thigh support in the second row hasn’t seen any improvement. As for the third row, it’s reasonably comfortable for short trips but is more suitable for children than adults due to limited under-thigh support and legroom. That said, Kia has thoughtfully equipped the third row with AC vents, reading lights, two USB-C ports, and cupholders, adding to the overall practicality.</p>

<h2>Kia Carens Clavis Driving Experience: Comfort-Focussed and Easygoing</h2>

<p>The drivetrain options for the Clavis are the same as the Carens – a 1.5-litre naturally aspirated petrol, a 1.5-litre turbocharged petrol, and a 1.5-litre diesel engine. Power and torque figures are also the same, but the Clavis now gets a 6-speed manual transmission option with the 1.5-litre turbo-petrol variant.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/06/Kia-Carens-Clavis-side-profile-dynamic-1749466901849.webp" alt="Kia Carens Clavis-side-profile-dynamic.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>True to its character, the Clavis is tuned for comfort. This is evident in its quiet cabin, light steering, and well-cushioned suspension setup. Ground clearance is also generous – I didn’t encounter any issues, even when tackling tall speed breakers, during the test.</p><p>A key upgrade over the Carens is the inclusion of 20 Level 2 ADAS features, enhancing overall safety.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/08/Kia-Carens-Clavis-steering-wheel-1755582015733.webp" alt="Kia Carens Clavis-steering-wheel.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>The Clavis is also equipped with additional cameras that enable a 360-degree surround view system, making parking and manoeuvring in tight spaces significantly easier.</p>

    
  


<h2>Kia Carens Clavis Verdict: A Value-Packed Upgrade Over the Carens?</h2>

<p>The Carens Clavis is undoubtedly a step up from the standard Carens. It offers a more modern design and additional features while retaining the plush ride quality and versatile powertrain options that made the original appealing.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/06/Kia-Carens-Clavis-Rear-Three-Quarter-1749466928839.webp" alt="Kia Carens Clavis-Rear-Three-Quarter.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>Pricing for the Carens Clavis starts at a very attractive ₹11.50 lakh while the top trim costs ₹21.50 lakh. The base price is just a touch higher which is great to see. In my opinion, even the higher trims justify the hike because of the features they now come with. The Carens Clavis is an easy recommendation for families looking for a well-rounded and feature-rich three-row vehicle.</p>




<p>[tabs]</p>

<p>[tab title="<strong>Kia Carens Clavis</strong>"]</p>

<p><strong>Engine:</strong> 1,482cc 4-Cylinder</p>

<p><strong>Transmission:</strong> 7-Speed DCT FWD</p>

<p><strong>Power:</strong> 157bhp </p>

<p><strong>Torque:</strong> 253Nm</p>

<p><strong>Fuel:</strong> Petrol</p>
 
<p><strong>Price:</strong> ₹21.50 Lakh Ex showroom</p>

<p><strong>X-Factor:&nbsp;</strong><em>Easily one of the most stylish and feature-laden MPV in its segment.</em></p>

<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1">
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Pros &nbsp;</strong>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br>
			•&nbsp; SUV appearance, comfortable ride</p>

			</td>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Cons</strong><br>
			• Laggy DCT, underthigh support in 2nd row</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>

<p>[/tab]</p>

<p>[/tabs]</p>


Kia Carens Clavis First Drive Review - Raising the Bar

The new Kia Carens Clavis is here with fresh styling and more features, but does it offer enough to stand out as a better choice for Indian families?

<p>It’s been a long, long time coming, but the Volkswagen Golf GTI – arguably the greatest hot hatch in history – has finally landed on our shores. However, what should have been a landmark moment for enthusiasts has, sadly, turned into something of a damp squib, thanks to its astronomical sticker price – an eye-watering ₹53 lakh (ex-showroom).
For a car that looks like a Polo on steroids and carries a badge that literally translates to ‘People’s Car’, that price tag is – for lack of a better word – ridiculous.</p>

<p>And the woes don’t end there. The GTI isn’t just out of reach for your average petrolhead Joe – it’s also priced a full ₹8 lakh higher than the Mini Cooper S in India. If the Mini seems too impractical for your needs, there’s always the far more accomplished BMW M340i, which – for not a whole lot more than what the GTI demands – offers greater performance, more space, better equipment, and the badge prestige that comes with a BMW.</p>

    
  
    
  
<p>As it stands, Volkswagen seems to have landed the GTI in no man’s land with this absurd pricing. It’s a serious misstep... but only if your experience of the GTI is limited to the internet. Because once you get behind the wheel of the GTI – holy hell – it redeems itself…and how!</p>

<h2>Volkswagen Golf GTI: Top Speed</h2>



    
  
    
  
<p>To give us our first taste of the GTI in India, Volkswagen chose the high-speed and handling tracks at NATRAX, Madhya Pradesh. I kicked things off with a top-speed run on the 11.3km high-speed oval. Let’s cut straight to the chase – the Golf GTI clocked a top speed of 267km/h. Remember, this isn’t some sports car – it’s a four-door family hatchback!</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
      <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/06/Volkswagen-Golf-GTI-Top-Speed-1750920602762.webp" alt="Volkswagen Golf GTI Top Speed.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
    </div>
  <p>What’s surreal isn’t just the number, but the way the GTI achieved it – like a walk in the park. Powered by the 2.0-litre EA888 turbo-petrol engine rated at 261bhp and 370Nm, the GTI delivers relentless performance. It slices through the air like a hot knife through butter. Its high-speed stability is exceptional, wind noise is minimal, and the raspy notes from the intake and exhaust add to the drama – yes, some of that is artificially piped in via the Soundaktor system, but it still sends a tingle down your spine.</p>

<p>There’s no let-up when it comes to straight-line speed. The 0–100km/h sprint is dismissed in under six seconds. Keep your foot buried for another 16 seconds or so and 200km/h flashes on the dash, followed shortly by the limited top speed of 267km/h. All of this in sixth gear, with the engine spinning at around 5,000rpm, and there’s still one more gear to go, suggesting that more speed can be unlocked. You can bet tuners across the country are already rubbing their hands in anticipation.</p>

<h2>Volkswagen Golf GTI: Handling</h2>



    
  
    
  
<p>While the GTI can hit breakneck speeds in a straight line, its real charm lies in its stellar handling. It’s common knowledge that when Volkswagen slaps GTI badges on a Golf, the driving experience is bound to be something special, and that’s exactly how it turned out when we pushed the GTI to its limits on NATRAX’s handling test track.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
      <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/06/Volkswagen-Golf-GTI-Cornering-1750920977735.webp" alt="Volkswagen Golf GTI Cornering.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
    </div>
  <p>Now, about the track – it’s not your typical racetrack. Sure, it has fast and technical sections, and there are kerbs to clip, but there’s no runoff area. Instead of gravel traps, you’re greeted by boulders and rocks. A momentary lapse in concentration, a misjudged turn-in point, or overshooting a braking marker could do more than just bruise your ego – it could wreak havoc on the GTI’s sleek bodywork.</p>





    
  
    
  
<p>Yet, when you’re in the GTI, none of that crosses your mind. It inspires so much confidence that you find yourself carrying absurd speeds through corners – my fastest corner entry was around 140km/h! – and the GTI remains unflappable. The front-end grip is just staggering – it’s as if the tyres are clawing into the tarmac without any retardation whatsoever. It just grips and grips and grips some more.</p><p>Despite being front-wheel drive, the GTI gives virtually no indication that it sends power to just the front wheels. Understeer? Barely noticeable – no matter how hard you push it. The nose points exactly where you want it to go, and the GTI carves through corners with scalpel-like precision – it sniffs &amp; hunts apexes like a predator on the prowl. What’s more, the steering drips with feedback, and the acceleration out of corners is simply otherworldly. The brakes? Equally phenomenal. From the progression of the pedal to the bite and overall stopping force – everything feels absolutely top-drawer.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
      <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/06/Volkswagen-Golf-GTI-Cornering-2-1750921141807.webp" alt="Volkswagen Golf GTI Cornering 2.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
    </div>
  <p>So, how does it drive so well despite being a FWD machine? The secret lies between the front wheels themselves – Volkswagen’s Vorderachsquersperre, or VAQ. It’s an electronically controlled limited-slip differential, which uses a multi-plate clutch pack and an electric hydraulic pump to distribute power between the front wheels in real-time, based on grip levels. In simple terms, it sends more power to the wheel with the most traction, thereby minimising wheelspin. Add torque vectoring into the mix – which sends more power to the outer wheel when you’re accelerating out of corners – and you get a tighter radius and more precise cornering. In short, it eliminates the understeer that usually plagues front-wheel drive cars. And that’s what makes the Golf GTI not just competent but a true driver’s delight.</p>

<h2>Volkswagen Golf GTI: Practicality</h2>

<p>The whole point of a hot hatchback is that it should go fast but not at the expense of practicality. Now, in this regard, the Golf GTI is a bit of a mixed bag, considering Indian driving conditions. Yes, it can comfortably seat four adults, the ride quality is surprisingly supple, there’s a large and usable boot, and all the essential creature comforts are in place. But there is no denying that it’s less than perfect in several key areas.</p>



    
  
    
  
<p>Take the ground clearance, for instance. At just 136mm, it’s borderline impractical for Indian roads. If you live in a pothole-riddled neighbourhood, you’ll have a tough time. Forget potholes, I suspect that even a mildly inclined ramp or a normal speed breaker could scrape the GTI’s underbelly.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
      <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/06/Volkswagen-Golf-GTI-Ground-Clearance-1750921632311.webp" alt="Volkswagen Golf GTI Ground Clearance.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
    </div>
  <p>Then there’s the equipment list, or rather, the lack of it. For a hatchback with a price tag north of ₹50 lakh, the omissions are glaring – no seat ventilation, no electric adjustment for the driver’s seat or steering, no 360-degree camera…well, you get the idea. Now, these aren’t just luxuries anymore, especially at this price point, and their absence will leave you feeling short-changed for sure. But what will particularly sting the enthusiasts is the absence of the Vehicle Dynamics Manager (VDM) and adaptive dampers – both offered in global markets. While they may not completely transform the driving experience, it’s always good to have different levels of adjustability.</p>



<p>What I do like about the Golf GTI is its appearance. It’s suave without being flashy. It’s hot, but not mercurial. It stands out, but never in a loud look-at-me sort of way. There’s an assertiveness to its stance, balanced by an air of understated elegance. The upshot? A design that, I think, will age rather gracefully.</p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
      <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/06/Volkswagen-Golf-GTI-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation-1749472422210.webp" alt="Volkswagen Golf GTI-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
    </div>
  <p>It’s a similar story inside. You get just the right dose of tech paired with modern touches, wrapped in classic tartan fabric. The steering wheel feels good in your hands, with chunky buttons that make toggling through settings intuitive. There’s a crisp 12.9-inch touchscreen with wireless phone connectivity, and the sport seats do a fine job of holding you in position. It’s a genuinely pleasant place to be. That said, the touch controls for volume and HVAC can be a bit irritating to use. Also, I can’t help but wish it came with the iconic golf ball gear lever – a subtle but meaningful nod to its heritage.</p>

<h2>Volkswagen Golf GTI First Drive Review Verdict</h2>

<p>If you think about it logically, the Golf GTI makes no sense for India. It’s too fast, too low, and too expensive for this country. Plus, it doesn’t carry the snob value of an Audi, BMW, Mercedes or Mini, so it’s unlikely to make your neighbour go green with envy.</p><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/06/Volkswagen-Golf-GTI-Headlight-1749472484533.webp" alt="Volkswagen Golf GTI-Headlight.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>



<p>The Golf GTI, then, is strictly for enthusiasts who know their onions. It’s for petrolheads who care about only one thing – driving pleasure. And in that regard, believe you me, it doesn’t disappoint one bit. If you ask me, there’s no car this side of ₹60 lakh that goes as fast or handles as well as the Golf GTI. Sure, it may cost a king’s ransom to own, but what you get in return is hot-hatch royalty.</p><p>Anyway, it doesn’t matter what you or I think about the Golf GTI now. The simple fact of the matter is that Volkswagen India doesn’t give two hoots about what we say, for all 150 units of the GTI headed to India have already been spoken for!</p><iframe width="1425" height="500" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/oRTsvpebtrc" title="The Golf GTI Makes No Sense for India, BUT… | Review | autoX" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen=""></iframe>
  




<p>[tabs]</p>

<p>[tab title="<strong>Volkswagen Golf GTI</strong>"]</p>

<p><strong>Engine:</strong> 1,984cc 4-Cylinder</p>

<p><strong>Transmission:</strong> 7-Speed DSG FWD</p>

<p><strong>Power:</strong> 261bhp </p>

<p><strong>Torque:</strong> 370Nm</p>

<p><strong>Fuel:</strong> Petrol</p>
 
<p><strong>Price:</strong> ₹53 Lakh (Ex-showroom)</p>

<p><strong>X-Factor:&nbsp;</strong><em>The Golf GTI is a hot hatch par excellence and caters to true-blue driving enthusiasts.</em></p>

<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1">
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Pros &nbsp;</strong>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br>
			•&nbsp; Stellar performance, scalpel-sharp handling</p>

			</td>
			<td>
			<p><strong>Cons</strong><br>
			• Pricey, low ground clearance</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>

<p>[/tab]</p>

<p>[/tabs]</p>


Volkswagen Golf GTI First Drive Review - Badge of Honour

It may cost a king’s ransom in India, but the Volkswagen Golf GTI rewards you with hot-hatch pedigree and driving purity that very few cars on our roads can match.

<p>The hatchback segment in India isn’t what it used to be. These days, all the action is happening in the SUV and even MPV segments (see our cover). So, it’s a rare treat when we get to review a new hatchback. And it’s even more exciting when that hatchback comes with a diesel engine.</p>

<p>I spent a day with both the diesel and CNG versions of the recently launched Tata Altroz facelift. The new model comes with some tweaks while retaining some of the standout qualities of the outgoing version.</p>

<p>So, how much better is the new Altroz, and how does it stack up against rivals in the same price bracket? Time to find out.</p>

<h2>Tata Altroz Facelift Exterior Updates</h2>

<p>The dimensions of the Altroz remain unchanged, but the styling has received a notable update. There’s a clear emphasis on blacked-out elements, visible on the front end and the newly designed 16-inch alloy wheels. The LED headlamps now sport a sharper, more modern design, enhancing the overall look.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/05/Tata-Altroz-Facelift-1748336409778.webp" alt="Tata Altroz Facelift.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>Further adding to the contemporary appeal are the front flush door handles and connected tail lamps. While I wasn’t particularly taken with the design when I first saw the photos, I have to admit it looks significantly better in person. This is yet another attractively styled offering from Tata – something that’s become the norm of late. That said, I’d still consider swapping out the black alloys. They currently give off a bit too much of an EV vibe for my liking.</p>







<h2>Tata Altroz Facelift Interior Features &amp; Updates</h2>

<p>The dashboard has been redesigned and looks rather impressive. It houses a 10.25-inch touchscreen that was free of any lag during our time with the hatch. This unit supports wireless smartphone connectivity and includes a 65W USB-C port at the front, with another provided for the second row – a thoughtful addition that laptop users will certainly appreciate.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/06/Tata-Altroz-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation-1749464187723.webp" alt="Tata Altroz-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>Tata has also introduced their illuminated, two-spoke steering wheel into the mix. The AC controls have been moved to a touch panel, which also houses buttons for switching to CNG mode and for activating the 360-degree camera. It’s great to see Tata offering a surround-view camera – the feed quality is decent – though the obstacle detection system does need some calibration. During our test, even when reversing on a flat, empty tarmac, the system repeatedly flagged non-existent obstacles and triggered warning alerts. An electronic sunroof and a larger ambient light strip further add to the interior appeal.</p>







<p>While you still get fabric seats, they provide excellent support and cushioning, particularly due to the new extensions at the base that offer better under-thigh support. This feature is also present in the rear seats. However, I do feel Tata missed a trick by not including powered &amp; ventilated front seats in this update.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Tata_Altroz_Facelift_First_Drive_Review_autoX_Aakash_Rear_Seats-1763970185236.webp" alt="Tata_Altroz_Facelift_First_Drive_Review_autoX_Aakash_Rear_Seats.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>The second-row space is adequate, though knee room may feel just about enough for taller passengers. One surprising omission is the absence of a weight sensor on the rear bench. As a result, the seatbelt warning system requires the rear seat belts to be buckled even when no one is seated at the back – otherwise, the alarm keeps beeping.</p>







<h2>Tata Altroz Diesel &amp; CNG Driving Review</h2>

<p>The new Altroz is available with a choice between a 1.2-litre petrol and a 1.5-litre diesel engine, both offering the same outputs as before. The petrol variant is also offered with a CNG option, although the more powerful turbo-petrol version is yet to be introduced.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/06/Tata-Altroz-gear-lever-1749464179915.webp" alt="Tata Altroz-gear-lever.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p>

<p>Notably, the Altroz remains the only hatchback to offer a diesel powertrain – a welcome change, especially given how punchy this motor is. It cruises effortlessly at highway speeds; however, at higher revs, engine noise and vibrations do become apparent. Both petrol and diesel engines suffer from a lack of low-end pulling power, which is noticeable in everyday driving.</p>

<p>The petrol engine is now available with a 5-speed AMT, while the CNG and diesel variants are paired with a 5-speed manual gearbox. While the gear shifts are generally easy, the throws are long, and there’s an occasional grinding sound mid-shifts. So, while the engine itself is reasonably competent, there haven’t been any notable improvements in terms of how it behaves.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/06/Tata-Altroz-Rear-Three-Quarter-1749464194255.webp" alt="Tata Altroz-Rear-Three-Quarter.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p>

<p>What does stand out, however, is the ride quality. Tata continues to deliver some of the best suspension setups in the business – the Altroz handles bumps with impressive composure while still offering good grip around faster corners. It may not be an outright driver’s car, but it comes remarkably close.</p>

<h2>Tata Altroz Facelift Price &amp; Verdict</h2>

<p>The new Altroz remains a well-rounded package – just as it always was. The refreshed styling and updated features make an even stronger case for it in today’s market. Even the introductory starting price of ₹ 6.89 lakh (ex-showroom) is quite competitive.</p>

<p>That said, the higher trims do feel a bit pricey and could have offered a few more features to justify the premium. If you’re looking for a diesel hatchback, the Altroz stands as your default choice. However, if you’re open to petrol or CNG, there are still several worthy contenders in the segment.</p><iframe width="1425" height="500" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/vRR-HQN71v8" title="2025 Tata Altroz Review | Better Than a Compact SUV? | autoX" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen=""></iframe><p>[tabs]</p>






<p>[tab title="<strong>Tata Altroz Diesel</strong>"]</p>

<p><strong>Engine:</strong> 1,497cc 4-Cylinder</p>

<p><strong>Transmission:</strong> 5-Speed MT FWD</p>

<p><strong>Power:</strong> 89bhp </p>

<p><strong>Torque:</strong> 200Nm</p>

<p><strong>Fuel:</strong> Diesel</p>

<p><strong>Price:</strong> ₹11.29 Lakh Ex showroom</p>

<p><strong>X-Factor:&nbsp;</strong><em>The only diesel hatchback in the segment and one that is high on comfort.</em></p>

<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1">
    <tbody>
        <tr>
            <td>
                <p><strong>Pros &nbsp;</strong>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br>
                    •&nbsp; Updated design, comfortable seats, ride quality</p>

            </td>
            <td>
                <p><strong>Cons</strong><br>
                    • Rear camera calibration, vibey diesel engine</p>
            </td>
        </tr>
    </tbody>
</table>

<p>[/tab]</p>

<p>[tab title="<strong>Tata Altroz CNG</strong>"]</p>

<p><strong>Engine:</strong> 1,199cc 3-Cylinder</p>

<p><strong>Transmission:</strong> 5-Speed MT FWD</p>

<p><strong>Power:</strong> 72bhp </p>

<p><strong>Torque:</strong> 103Nm</p>

<p><strong>Fuel:</strong> Petrol, CNG</p>

<p><strong>Price:</strong> ₹11.09 Lakh Ex showroom</p>

<p><strong>X-Factor:&nbsp;</strong><em>The only diesel hatchback in the segment and one that is high on comfort.</em></p>

<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1">
    <tbody>
        <tr>
            <td>
                <p><strong>Pros &nbsp;</strong>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br>
                    •&nbsp; Updated design, comfortable seats, ride quality</p>

            </td>
            <td>
                <p><strong>Cons</strong><br>
                    • Rear camera calibration, vibey diesel engine</p>
            </td>
        </tr>
    </tbody>
</table>

<p>[/tab]</p>

<p>[/tabs]</p>

Tata Altroz Facelift First Drive Review - Still Got the Juice?

It’s not often you see a new hatchback in 2025, let alone one powered by diesel. But Tata has refreshed the Altroz, and we have driven both the diesel and CNG versions to see if it still delivers.

<p>
    The team at autoX is no stranger to the X1 – be it in its petrol, diesel, or electric guise. Regular readers will recall we extensively tested the standard iX1 in our four-way comparison against the Kia EV6 GT, Volvo XC40 Recharge, and Hyundai Ioniq 5. So, it’s fair to say that we have a solid benchmark to measure its performance against most of its rivals.</p>
<p>However, BMW may have just checkmated the competition of that list with the new iX1 LWB. It gets more space and as an added bonus, it’s assembled right here in India. That not only makes it a lot more affordable than its ICE and electric counterparts but also its aforementioned rivals.</p>


<h2>BMW&nbsp;iX1 LWB Design &amp; Dimensions:&nbsp;Same Platform, Bigger Package</h2>

<p>Let’s start with design and styling – an inherently subjective part of any review. If you liked the aesthetics of the standard (and now discontinued) iX1, you are going to love the new iX1 LWB. If not, well….I’m sorry but this one looks pretty much the same.</p>

<div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/02/1740141909426-j23d-BMW-iX1-LWB-Front-Three-Quarter.webp" alt="BMW iX1 LWB-Front-Three-Quarter.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
</div>



<p>While the overall silhouette remains largely unchanged, the iX1 LWB has grown in length to 2,800mm – an increase of 116mm overall, with the wheelbase alone accounting for 108mm. While all that extra length has been added behind the B-pillar, its proportions still look balanced. Like a GQ model, it doesn’t suffer from an awkward long-legs-short-torso look – in fact it looks rather handsome.</p>

<p>Most of the design elements from the standard model have been carried over. However, one practical upgrade is the rear doors, which now open at a wider angle, making ingress and egress much easier for rear passengers. In terms of overall size, the iX1 LWB has now become closer to the previous-generation X3 – precisely the positioning that BMW was aiming for.</p>

<div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/02/1740141835830-hlvf-BMW-iX1-LWB-Rear-Seat-Space.webp" alt="BMW iX1 LWB-Rear-Seat-Space.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
</div>








<p>As a result, what you now get is the widest and tallest cabin in the segment, offering ample legroom to lounge and relax. Even with two passengers over six feet, neither will have any reason to complain. That said, the under-thigh support is a bit of an issue due to the tall footboard – an unfortunate byproduct of the ICE-to-EV conversion process. To further enhance the rear-seat comfort, BMW has increased the legroom by 109mm and even extended the seat cushion length by 15mm. While features remain similar and aplenty, I do wish BMW had gone a step further by adding separate AC blower controls and sunblinds – it would have been a perfect finishing touch for an otherwise well-appointed cabin.</p>



<h2>iX1 LWB Driving Experience: Single-Motor Performance</h2>

<p>Now, while the iX1 LWB gains extra space, it sacrifices a bit of performance. To make the price tag more appealing, BMW has opted for a single-motor setup instead of the twin-motor configuration of the standard iX1.</p>

<div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/02/1740141822845-90ht-BMW-iX1-LWB-Rear-Three-Quarter.webp" alt="BMW iX1 LWB-Rear-Three-Quarter.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
</div>

<p>Essentially, the iX1 LWB now gets a front-wheel drivetrain with a 66.4kWh battery pack, producing 204bhp and 250Nm of peak torque. When you step on the throttle pedal, there’s a noticeable shove but not as instantaneous and explosive as offered by the twin-motor setup of the standard iX1. However, thanks to the FWD configuration, it feels lighter and more nimble – it behaves more like a lukewarm hatchback than an all-out luxury electric SUV.</p>

<p>There is less understeer, and the dynamics feel sharper than the twin-motor version’s. In relentless Indian traffic, it’s light, agile, and easy to throw around, making it surprisingly fun to drive in everyday conditions.</p>

<h2>Why the BMW iX1 LWB Makes Sense for Families</h2>

<p>If Dominic Toretto were more practical, lived in India, and needed an everyday runabout for the family, I’d ask him not to overlook the iX1 LWB. It offers significantly more space, making it a better and more well-rounded family SUV. And since it’s now assembled in India, it has a price tag of ₹49 lakh (ex-showroom). A luxury family SUV with a BMW badge on the bonnet that costs less than most rivals? That‘s a dream come true for many. And the best part? Despite its practicality, the iX1 LWB doesn’t compromise on BMW’s signature driving excitement.</p>


<iframe width="853" height="480" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/BGt7lamIJNo" title="BMW iX1 LWB 2025 India | First Drive Review | This Changes Everything | EV SUV | autoX" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen=""></iframe>

<p>[tabs]</p>

<p>[tab title="<strong>BMW iX LWB</strong>"]</p>

<p><strong>Engine:</strong> Single-Motor </p>

<p><strong>Transmission:</strong> Single Speed FWD</p>

<p><strong>Power:</strong> 204bhp </p>

<p><strong>Torque:</strong> 250Nm</p>

<p><strong>Range:</strong> 531km (MIDC)</p>

<p><strong>Price:</strong> ₹49 Lakh Ex showroom</p>

<p><strong>X-Factor:&nbsp;</strong><em>More space, sub-Rs 50 lakh price tag, and a BMW badge – enough said!</em></p>

<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1">
    <tbody>
        <tr>
            <td>
                <p><strong>Pros &nbsp;</strong>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br>
                    •&nbsp; Handling, Space &amp; BMW Badge Value</p>

            </td>
            <td>
                <p><strong>Cons</strong><br>
                    • Manual Steering Adjustment, No Rear Sunblinds </p>
            </td>
        </tr>
    </tbody>
</table>

<p>[/tab]</p>

<p>[/tabs]</p>

BMW iX1 LWB Review - Zeal Appeal

BMW X1’s electric LWB iteration is here to spice things up, offering X3-like space with a price tag of ₹49 lakh. Is it too good to be true?

<p>
    <strong>How vital is a performance oil like the new Shell Helix Ultra in cars like the BMW M models we see here?</strong>
</p>

<p>Many people don’t realise just how central the chemistry of a lubricant is to a high-performance engine. A car’s engine is constantly subjected to stress – extreme temperatures, rapid acceleration, and heavy loads – and the oil has to manage all of that at once. That’s why you need a lubricant that is not only reliable but consistently high-performing. That’s precisely what Shell Helix Ultra is engineered to do. And because we develop it hand-in-hand with our OEM partners, we’re always pushing the boundaries of what’s possible in terms of engine performance and protection.</p>

<p><strong>Extreme heat is a reality in India. Does that play a vital role in engine oil performance?</strong></p>

<p>Yes, but it’s not just the heat. India’s terrain and climate expose engines to extremes at both ends of the spectrum, from scorching summers to freezing winters. High heat poses risks like overheating, while low temperatures can affect ignition and engine response. Therefore, the oil must be able to handle a wide range of challenges. That’s where a lubricant like Shell Helix Ultra really proves its value – by ensuring smooth, reliable operation across such varied and demanding conditions.</p>

<p><strong>Shell Helix products are not new in India, but how is the new Helix Ultra different?</strong></p>

<p>The Shell Helix Ultra is our flagship product. What makes it special is that it has already proven at the highest levels of performance. In fact, it’s officially recommended by many leading OEMs and used by Scuderia Ferrari and BMW M Motorsport, while also being trusted by mass-market brands such as Hyundai. This exhibits the credibility of the formulation.</p>

<p>When a customer buys the Helix Ultra, they’re not just buying engine oil – they’re buying quality, reliability, and a race-proven product adapted for everyday driving. And while racing pushes engines to extremes, Indian road conditions can be equally demanding in their own way. The Helix Ultra is engineered to deliver consistent protection and performance in both worlds.</p>

<p><strong>Where is Shell Helix Ultra positioned in the current lubricant market? Is it mainly for performance and luxury cars, or are you targeting a broader customer base?</strong></p>

<p>Of course, performance and luxury cars are a perfect fit for the Shell Helix Ultra. But we also see a strong appeal among passionate drivers and enthusiasts who may not own costly cars, yet still demand the best in terms of performance and protection.</p>

<p>What sets Helix Ultra apart is not just the performance boost but the retention of engine power. Many customers notice that as their cars age, engines tend to lose responsiveness. With Shell Helix Ultra, you don’t experience that drop-off; the engine stays smooth and powerful for longer periods.</p>

<p>So, while it’s definitely meant for high-performance and luxury cars, it’s equally relevant for more affordable vehicles, especially for consumers who value both performance and long-term reliability.
</p>

Best of Performance and Protection

High-performance cars demand the very best care and maintenance. How does Shell position itself in this game? We sat down with Mr Amit Ghugre, Chief Marketing Officer, Shell Lubricants India, to learn more.

<p>
    <strong>On the service front, what is your plan?</strong>
</p>

<p>Well, I was actually a bit surprised when I looked at the data on how customers perceive our service. If you compare us with other brands, our service costs are similar, our processes are similar – yet, the perception is where we seem to be falling short.</p>

<p>That said, it’s not that there’s no room for improvement. Some corrections are definitely needed. And those become more challenging when you’re simultaneously expanding the network. We're adding almost 100 facilities in the next six months, which naturally puts a strain on the entire ecosystem. So, at the moment, that’s the big puzzle we’re trying to solve – how to manage growth while also improving perception and delivery.</p>

<p><strong>Why not use the same backend for both Škoda and Volkswagen, since the products are so similar?</strong></p>

<p>This idea was considered, especially around the time we launched the Kylaq. But I don't subscribe to that view.</p>

<p>If you want to exploit the market with two brands fully – and that's precisely why both Škoda and VW are here – you need to maintain clear distinctions between the two. That means having separate dealer and service networks.</p>

<p>Just look at other group brands in India – Hyundai and Kia, Maruti and Toyota, Nissan and Renault – all of them maintain unique networks with no overlap. That’s the only way to grow in a competitive market. And service plays a massive role in that differentiation.</p>

<p>I’m not just talking about how many service points you have, but about the kind of experience customers have at those touchpoints.</p>

<p>Yes, in many cases, the dealer partners may be the same. But the real challenge isn’t about availability or whether VW partners could’ve done a better job. It’s about the speed of expansion – that’s what we’re working to get right.</p>

<p><strong>Have you been happy with the Kylaq’s sales numbers?</strong></p>

<p>Very happy, actually. Over the last four months, we've consistently sold between 4,000 and 5,000 units per month. And that’s despite some initial hiccups in the product mix, which, to be honest, no carmaker seems to get perfectly right at launch.</p>

<p>In our case, the demand was particularly high for the lower variants, but production couldn’t keep up in the early months. From May onwards, we’ve started correcting that, and by July, things should be more aligned. So we’re expecting the numbers to grow again soon.</p>

<p><strong>What kind of feedback are you hearing from Kylaq customers? Any specific requests or changes they’d like to see?</strong></p>

<p>The Kylaq is still a very new product, and initial feedback has been overwhelmingly positive. Customers are especially happy with the pricing and the way we've structured the feature and variant lineup.</p>

<p>That said, I do feel there's a bit of a gap between the base Classic variant and the Signature variant. There’s no offering in between, and that’s something we’re actively working to address.</p>

<p><strong>Given the demand for the Kylaq, does this suggest that Indian buyers are waiting for a Škoda product under ₹10 lakh?</strong></p>

<p>I don’t think anyone’s waiting for a specific brand. At the end of the day, customers look for value – plain and simple.</p>

<p>If the product is good and it's backed by a credible brand, they will buy it. That's the reality of today’s market.
</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/08/Ashish-Gupta-Skoda-Interview-autoX-1754032812588.webp" alt="Ashish Gupta Skoda Interview autoX.jpeg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p>







    
  

Automatics for the People - Ashish Gupta, Škoda Auto India

As Ashish Gupta takes charge at Škoda Auto India, Ishan chats with him about Škoda’s future plans, product strategy, and customer response to their latest SUV – the Kylaq.

<p><strong>Laurens van den Acker - Bio</strong></p>

<p>Laurens has been instrumental in redefining Renault Group’s design language and identity on a global scale. With over three decades of international experience across Europe, Asia, and the United States, he has played a pivotal role in shaping the design DNA of some of the world’s most iconic automotive brands.</p><p><strong>Renault has always been known for its iconic designs. With the rise of electric vehicles, where do you see Renault’s design strategy heading?</strong></p>

<p>I see our design strategy standing on two strong pillars. The first is our Legendary Icons – vehicles like the Renault 4, Renault 5, and the Twingo. These models allow us to tell a story about our brand’s heritage. Many people have owned or been connected to these cars in some way, and that emotional link allows them to connect to the brand.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/renault-4-savane-4x4-concept-debuts-as-rugged-off-roader-with-dual-electric-motors-120763/">Renault 4 Savane 4X4 Concept Debuts as Rugged Off-Roader with Dual Electric Motors</a></p>

<p>At the same time, we’ve developed products like the Clio, Mégane, and Espace – models that look straight into the future. This blend of nostalgia and futuristic design is a powerful combination for a popular brand like Renault. All our cars aim to connect people to life, making them part of the French culture, and in that sense, they are inherently iconic. Many of them have even created entirely new segments, such as the Espace in Europe or the Duster in India. So, I think that our iconic design language remains a consistent thread.</p>

<p><strong>With EVs, you, as a designer, are given a much broader canvas to rethink how a car could be designed. Does that make the process easier or more challenging for you?</strong></p>

<p>The EV architecture definitely gives us much more freedom than we had before. For instance, the powertrain is more compact, which allows us to push all four wheels out to the corners of the car. That gives us the flexibility to use larger wheels, which could mean better proportions. However, it’s not without its challenges. Depending on where the battery is placed – which is often in the floor – it can raise the overall height of the vehicle. So, in that sense, it’s a bit of a mixed blessing.</p><p>
    <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
      <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/06/autoX-Renault-Interview---Laurens-van-den-Acker---3-1750657915794.webp" alt="autoX Renault Interview - Laurens van den Acker - 3.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
    </div>
  </p>

<p>That said, EVs also allow for better aerodynamics, especially as the vehicles get larger. And to be honest, there are some cars we simply couldn’t have done with a traditional internal combustion engine. Take the Renault 5, for example. Its retro-futuristic design wouldn’t have been feasible without the EV architecture. So, overall, I’d say I’m quite happy with the opportunities EVs have opened up for us as designers.</p><p><strong>You’ve been visiting India for over a decade and have witnessed the success of models like the Duster, Kwid, Triber, and Kiger. What kind of design feedback do you receive from the Indian market that shapes your future products?</strong></p><p>I think India is one of the most challenging yet exciting markets in the world,. One of the key differences is how frequently you need to refresh your vehicles. In Europe, we typically launch a car, do a facelift after three to four years, and then bring in a new generation after about seven years. But in India, that cycle is much faster – you have to constantly upgrade.</p><p>The main reason behind it is that Indian consumers are incredibly tech-savvy. They want the latest features and gadgets, even on a tight budget. This forces us, as manufacturers, to be very strategic about where we invest in a vehicle, for every feature has to deliver value.</p><p>Another unique aspect is the social context of car ownership in India. A car isn’t just a means of transportation – it’s also a reflection of social status. Often, the entire family is involved in the buying decision, and even the wider social circle can influence the choice. So, cars here aren’t treated like commodity products – they’re taken very seriously, making Indian customers extremely demanding.</p><p>
    <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
      <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2024/09/Renault-Night-Day-Editions.jpg" alt="Renault Kwid, Triber, and Kiger Night &amp; Day Editions" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
    </div>
  </p><p>India is also a young market, which makes it all the more dynamic. In Europe, for example, the average car buyer is around 54 years old. In India, it’s much younger – probably under 30. That youthfulness brings a completely different mindset and energy, and it’s crucial for us to stay connected with that evolving perspective.</p>

    





<p><strong>In today’s world, would it be fair to say that beyond exterior and interior design, the user interface is becoming one of the most important aspects for customers?</strong></p>

<p>Absolutely. In fact, the experience starts even before you step into the car. It begins the moment you approach it – how it responds, what it signals to you. For example, when you unlock the car and it lights up in a certain way, that already sets a tone. Once you’re inside, it’s no longer just about driving. It’s about how seamlessly the car integrates into your daily life. When the vehicle suggests your usual coffee stop or reminds you about a movie you might want to catch, it becomes a smart companion, much like your smartphone. This kind of fluid, intuitive experience is what customers are increasingly expecting. I believe that it’s an area that has a lot of untapped potential, and we need to innovate further to meet evolving user expectations.</p>





Navigating Design Challenges - Laurens Van Den Acker, Renault

As Renault inaugurates its second-largest design studio globally, we speak with Laurens van den Acker, Head of Design at Renault, about the company’s future design direction.

<p>The 2024-25 Formula E season is less than three weeks away from commencing, and India’s best hope in the Formula E World Championship, Jehan Daruvala, confirms that he won’t be a part of Season 11 of the all-electric racing series.&nbsp;</p>

<p>For those following Jehan’s Motorsport career, the news isn’t a surprise. After all, Jehan wasn’t a part of the pre-season testing either. However, there is more to Jehan’s journey which I try to uncover in this conversation, specifically his ability to deal with the uncertainty that the world of Motorsport often throws at professional race drivers.&nbsp;</p>

<p>For autoX, Jehan and I reflect on his debut season in Formula E&nbsp;Season 10, and what his Motorsport future holds given that he faces a 'break' in his racing career for the first time ever since he started racing in 2009-10.&nbsp;</p>

<h2>Debut with Maserati</h2>

<p>Jehan had to choose between two teams for his debut in Formula E - Maserati and Mahindra. At the Berlin ePrix last year, Jehan participated in the 'rookie test' with Mahindra, the team he was a test and reserve driver for and followed it up with a Free Practice appearance in Rome. However, he chose to make his debut with Maserati, a more competitive option of the two.&nbsp;</p>

<p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/interviews/interview-qualifying-has-been-one-of-our-strengths-says-formula-e-season-10-champion-pascal-wehrlein-117842/" rel="bookmark" title="Interview: 'Qualifying has Been One of Our Strengths,' Says Formula E Season 10 Champion Pascal Wehrlein">Interview: 'Qualifying has Been One of Our Strengths,' Says Formula E Season 10 Champion Pascal Wehrlein</a></p>

<p>In his 16 races with Maserati, Jehan scored points on two occasions - in Misano and in Berlin. In qualifying, Jehan impressed in only his third session in Formula E by making it to the duels round at Diriyah. He ended the season in 21st place (out of 28 drivers) with 8 points, in comparison to his much experienced team-mate Maximilian Guenther (6 seasons in Formula E) who scored 73 points and was ranked 8th in the World Championship.</p>

<p><img alt="Formula E Jehan Daruvala 3 " height="720" src="/uploads/2024/11/Formula-E-Jehan-Daruvala-3-.jpg" width="1280" /></p>

<p>Reflecting on his debut season, Jehan says, 'I think the season looked a bit worse from the outside than it did from the inside. I genuinely believe that my qualifying pace improved towards the end of the year. There were a lot of races I could have scored a handful of points in, but I had incidents - some of them out of my control.'</p>

<p>'The level of Formula E drivers is as high as Formula 1, and to race in Formula E as a rookie, especially in almost equal machinery, is challenging. I think I managed to do that consistently in my debut season even though we didn’t score as many points as we should have,' he continues.&nbsp;</p>

<h2>Enjoying Formula E</h2>

<p>Formula E was the first series where Jehan raced against established and veteran racers. In the feeder series (Formula 3 and Formula 2) that are a part of the Formula 1 ladder, and where Jehan raced for 7 years, the grid is filled with rookie and junior drivers learning their craft. In contrast, the Formula E grid is filled with a mix of World Champions, race winners and podium finishers across some of the toughest racing series such as Formula E and World Endurance Championships.&nbsp;</p>

<p><img alt="Formula E Jehan Daruvala 2 " height="720" src="/uploads/2024/11/Formula-E-Jehan-Daruvala-2-.jpg" width="1280" /></p>

<p>Jehan says, 'I really enjoyed myself. Obviously, it was not an easy season. But even being sometimes in the top eight or top 10, it felt good. Just competing with these guys, on paper, is probably the hardest line-up of softs. Every single driver performed at a very high level, and that’s what makes Formula E so interesting. For me, as a driver, it was fun to compete - every tenth mattered!'</p>

<h2>Parting Ways with Maserati</h2>

<p>Before the final race of the season in London, Jehan already knew that he and the team would part ways after his debut season concluded. He had signed a one year contract with Maserati that included a possibility of extension - a clause that is usually performance dependent.&nbsp;</p>

<p><img alt="Formula E Jehan Daruvala 6 " height="720" src="/uploads/2024/11/Formula-E-Jehan-Daruvala-6-.jpg" width="1280" /></p>

<p>Explaining his chat with Maserati on parting ways for Season 11, Jehan says, 'We didn’t get into the key reasons about what and why the season turned out the way it did. We kept it professional, and that’s about it. Although, I did feel that I deserved a second season as there were a lot of races I could have scored a handful of points in.'&nbsp;</p>

<p>'Generally, I believe the right amount of time is needed to succeed in Formula E - most drivers found it difficult as rookies, and they had more seasons in the series. Of course, I am working hard to secure another opportunity to prove myself - keeping my fingers crossed!' confesses Jehan.&nbsp;</p>

<p>Case in point, Jehan’s Maserati team-mate Maximilian Guenther scored in just two races in his first season to end 17th (20 points) in the Drivers’ standings. Similarly, Dan Ticktum, Jehan’s team-mate from the 2021 Formula 2 season, finished 21st (1 point) in his debut season in Formula E. Guenther will start his 7th season in Formula E later this year, while Tickum will race in his 4th.&nbsp;</p>

<h2>The Present</h2>

<p>Jehan shifted to Europe to pursue his Motorsport dreams at a very young age. That also meant giving up time with the family back home in Mumbai. The current break in his career gives him time to pursue activities he otherwise wouldn’t get time to.&nbsp;</p>

<p>Jehan says, 'It is nice to be home with friends and family, especially during the festive time of the year - Parsi New Year, Diwali and even my birthday. For the last 15-odd years, I haven’t had the chance to experience these celebrations at home.'</p>

<p>Further, he confesses, 'Obviously, I miss driving! When you’re not racing, the break feels longer. Honestly, it’s the uncertainty of not knowing what I am going to do next.'&nbsp;</p>

<p><img alt="Formula E Jehan Daruvala 8 " height="720" src="/uploads/2024/11/Formula-E-Jehan-Daruvala-8-.jpg" width="1280" /></p>

<p>Apart from his on-track skills, a key trait of Jehan’s that has stood out through his career is his mental strength. During our conversation, Jehan’s composure reflected that mental strength even more when he philosophically says, 'There is uncertainty, yes, but that’s the life of a professional athlete - year to year. I focus on giving my best - with the car and the team, and see where it takes me.'</p>

<p>'That’s how Motorsport is - sometimes you’re not in the best team and you don’t have the best car, you have to accept it. The expectations need to be in control as you go through the ladder</p>

<p>He continues, 'The key thing is to not be negative and just take things as they come - and that’s how I am as a person. I have worked hard for the last 15 years and I will take things as they come and see what the future holds.'</p>

<h2>The Future</h2>

<p>After four seasons in Formula 2 (2020-23), Jehan was certain that his next steps in the world of Motorsport needed to be in a series and with teams that respected his talent rather than the financial package his personal backers offered. This belief will continue to guide Jehan’s future decisions.&nbsp;</p>

<p><img alt="Formula E Jehan Daruvala 5 " height="720" src="/uploads/2024/11/Formula-E-Jehan-Daruvala-5-.jpg" width="1280" /></p>

<p>Jehan and I discussed the obvious options - IndyCar, WEC, DTM, and of course a return to Formula E, if the correct opportunity came by.&nbsp;</p>

<p>The Mumbai-lad says, 'I would like to continue as a professional racing driver. Beyond a point, there’s no point in continuing to invest and drive. If it is a professional racing series where I can earn a living from, then it’s definitely something I would think of.'</p>

<p>Elaborating on his interest in IndyCar and the WEC, Jehan says, 'I believe that with a good CV in Formula 2, one could get straight into IndyCar (bypassing Indy NXT). However, some form of corporate sponsorship involvement might be required.'&nbsp;</p>

<p>He exclaims, 'Even endurance teams want you to bring sponsors these days, even if you have achieved well in other series. Frankly, it is not easy to raise the kind of sponsorship needed from India, especially to race in America.'&nbsp;</p>

<p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/motorsport-news/formula-e-mahindra-m11electro-gen3-evo-race-car-revealed-ahead-of-season-11-118750/">Formula E: Mahindra M11Electro Gen3 Evo Race Car Revealed Ahead of Season 11</a></p>

<p>While concluding our chat, it was evident that Jehan’s plans for 2025 were uncertain. What was even more certain was that he was at ease with this uncertainty and wanted to patiently wait for the future to unfold. In the meanwhile, the new sporting sensation paddle has caught Jehan’s fancy, while he’s also taking more interest in his family business.&nbsp;</p>

<p>'Even if I don’t race somewhere in 2025, there’s still a whole year to plan and decide for 2026. This isn’t the end of my racing career!,' he signs off.</p>


Interview: Jehan Daruvala Reflects on a Tough 2024 Formula E Season And  Possible Break from Racing in 2025

In an exclusive interview, Jehan Daruvala reflects on his Formula E Season 10 experience with Maserati MSG Racing and shares insights about his future in motorsport.

<p><strong>BMW India has seen over 20% growth in the first half of this year. We’ve been expecting exponential growth for many years in India, so is this level of growth sufficient or do you think we should expect even more in the near term?</strong></p>

<p>In India, over the last three years, we have seen very consistent two-digit growth. And that’s good. Consistency is important. Could it accelerate? Yes. If we see the share of the total market that is premium in India, it’s relatively low. It’s only 1%. China is 8%. So, I think there is still growth potential. So, it could accelerate, but consumer sentiment can also shift, and it can also slow a bit. So, what is important is long-term growth, and we believe that there is a long-term growth path in India, definitely.</p>

<p><strong>What are the key factors in India, and what does the Indian market need in order to achieve exponential growth for multiple years going forward?</strong></p>

<p>This is mainly due to consumer sentiment, economic growth, and the fact that people in the middle class want to express their success by purchasing luxury products. I think this is definitely growing in India, generation after generation, and I think this must remain. But, at the moment, the world is very volatile. The global economy is not developing as well as in the past two or three years. So, for sure, we will also have fluctuations in the Indian market.</p>

<p><strong>In times of instability, we tend to see that absolute top-end of the market stay unaffected. At present, the i7, the 7 Series, and the X7 are all doing really well, even in India. Do you think the top end of the market is where you can see more growth versus the emerging luxury segment?</strong></p>

<p>Well, if I look at what we call GKL sales, so it is our top luxury segment, 7 Series and i7, have grown 17% worldwide versus overall growth of 2.5% worldwide for the first six months of the year. So, I think it shows that indeed. In India, this segment in our total sales represents 18% of sales. So, it is quite important. And I think, yes, for sure there is more potential here.</p>

<p><em><strong>Also Read:</strong></em>&nbsp;<em><a href="https://www.autox.com/exclusive-stories/bmw-7-series-interior-review-the-big-bang-theory-116121/">BMW 7 Series Interior Review, The Big Bang Theory</a></em></p>

<p><strong>Do you think that with the long wheelbase and the extra luxury, the new 5 Series is going to be a game changer?</strong></p>

<p>I believe if there was one Series where we were a bit weaker than our traditional competition, it was the 5 Series, because our competitors were partly offering long wheelbase versions and I believe, for the Indian customers, it is very important to have more space in the back, more comfort and more luxury. And we are offering it right now in the long wheelbase 5 series. So, it perfectly fits the needs of the Indian customers, with great comfort, great luxury, and great technology in the car, and the same driving pleasure – and also a very sporty appearance, with this M Sport package. So, I think we have a great offer, and we offer it at a price where I think the value perception is high.</p>

<p><strong>You have already launched the i5, which is the electric version of the standard wheelbase 5 Series in India. Who do you think is the customer for a traditional internal combustion engine 5 Series, and who is the customer for an electric 5?</strong></p>

<p>I guess for sure the ones who are more progressive will want to try electric mobility. They want to experience that. Today, we know out of concrete customer data that in India our customers are doing roughly 45 kilometres per day in a car. So, it’s perfect for the usage of an electric car. They charge only once a week. As taxes are also lower on electric cars, there is also an incentive towards purchasing an electric car here in India.</p>

<p><strong>What's next from BMW in India?</strong></p>

<p>We are very carefully looking at how this <a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/bmw-5-series-lwb-launched-in-india-at-rs-7290-lakh-117853/">long wheelbase 5 Series</a> will pick up. And if we see again a good success, then we might look at other segments too.</p>

<p><em>(Jean-Philippe Parain: With a wealth of experience since he joined the company in 1997 at BMW France in the marketing department, Parain has held several senior management roles including President and CEO BMW Group Belux, Head of MINI Europe and Senior Vice President Sales Region Europe.)</em></p>


Jean-Philippe Parain, Senior VP, BMW: The Middle Class is Key in India

At the 5 Series launch, we sit down with Jean-Philippe Parain, Senior VP, BMW Group, to discuss the potential of the Indian market and its future.

<p>In a dramatic and unexpected turn of events, Pascal Wehrlein clinched the Formula E Drivers’ Championship in the season finale in London. While the spotlight was initially on the Jaguar duo of Nick Cassidy and Mitch Evans, it was Wehrlein who stole the show. The Porsche driver defied the odds to secure a crucial second-place finish, edging out his closest rival Mitch Evans by a narrow margin. The race itself was a thrilling spectacle, with Oliver Rowland from Nissan taking the victory. However, the championship was Wehrlein’s to lose, and he held his nerve to claim the coveted title. The race was marked by misfortune for Cassidy, who was forced to retire early after a collision with Antonio Felix Da Costa. This incident effectively ended Cassidy's championship hopes. Wehrlein’s victory marks a stunning upset in a season that culminated in one of the most exciting Formula E finales to date.</p>

<p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/motorsport-news/formula-e-london-e-prix-porsches-pascal-wehrlein-wins-drivers-championship-in-thrilling-finale-117825/" rel="bookmark" title="Formula E London E-prix: Porsche's Pascal Wehrlein Wins Drivers' Championship in Thrilling Finale">Formula E London E-prix: Porsche's Pascal Wehrlein Wins Drivers' Championship in Thrilling Finale</a></p>

<p>When asked what was the key highlight in the season for him that contributed to his title fight, the Season 10 champion replied: ‘I think it's hard to pinpoint one key moment or key moments. Overall, we've made another step forward this year compared to last. We've improved, especially in qualifying, which was a significant target for us because last year slipped out of our hands due to poor qualifying results. This year, however, qualifying has been one of our strengths, and we achieved three pole positions. Last year, we were already competitive in the races, but this year we've made further progress in that area as well. On the whole, our performance level suggests that we truly deserve to win the championship. We have been consistently competitive and fast on various types of tracks. The key points are that we've made progress, becoming a championship-winning team with a championship-winning car and driver.’</p>

<h2>Formula E: Wehrlein and Porsche</h2>

<p><img alt="Formula E Porsche" height="720" src="/uploads/2024/07/Formula-E-Porsche.jpg" width="1280" /></p>

<p>It was a strong start for Pascal Wehrlein and Porsche in the Formula E season opener in Mexico City. This momentum continued with consistent points finishes and another pole position in São Paulo.</p>

<p>The Misano E-Prix was a rollercoaster for Wehrlein. A collision with Jean-Éric Vergne in race one was followed by a fortunate victory in the second race due to a rival's strategic error. Despite securing a pole in Monaco, Wehrlein finished fifth in a race dominated by Jaguar.</p>

<p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/interviews/interview-current-tyres-limit-the-performance-of-the-car-says-nissan-formula-e-driver-sacha-fenestraz-117174/" rel="bookmark" title="Interview: 'It's a Shame It's Not on Calendar,' Nissan Formula E Driver Sacha Fenestraz on Hyderabad e-Prix">Interview: 'It's a Shame It's Not on Calendar,' Nissan Formula E Driver Sacha Fenestraz on Hyderabad e-Prix</a></p>

<p>Berlin brought challenges as Wehrlein was involved in incidents with defending champion Jake Dennis. However, he rebounded with a second-place finish in Shanghai, narrowly missing out on victory. Unfortunately, a clash with Sam Bird in the second Shanghai race forced him to pit for repairs, leaving him outside the points.</p>

<p>Two top-ten finishes in Portland brought Wehrlein within striking distance of championship leader Nick Cassidy heading into the London finale. A thrilling victory in the first London race propelled him to the top of the standings. In the championship-deciding race, Wehrlein employed a conservative strategy, carefully managing the gap between himself and the Jaguar drivers. With a rival's retirement and a strategic error by another, Wehrlein secured a crucial second-place finish to clinch the Formula E Drivers' Championship by a narrow margin.</p>


Interview: 'Qualifying has Been One of Our Strengths,' Says Formula E Season 10 Champion Pascal Wehrlein

Pascal Wehrlein of the Porsche Formula E Team discusses how his qualifying performances were key to securing the Season 10 Formula E World Drivers' Championship.

<p>Over the past few years, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/skoda/">Skoda</a> has been making headlines in the Indian market. With a significant investment in its India operations and the introduction of a global platform that’s produced locally – the MQB A0-IN – the brand has enjoyed some success with its localised products. Both the Kushaq SUV and the Slavia sedan, along with their VW counterparts, have seen some sales success in the market. However, widespread acceptance of the brand and higher sales numbers remain somewhat elusive. In a long, candid conversation with us in Prague, Klaus Zellmer, the Global CEO of the brand, discussed a number of topics, including the brand’s future in India, the search for a local partner, and the importance of the Indian market to Skoda globally.</p>

<h2>Market Realisations</h2>

<p>Despite investing $2 billion in introducing the MQB A0-IN platform and achieving almost complete localisation, Skoda has not achieved the desired sales results. The future strategy, for now, seems to be two-pronged. Firstly, Skoda is planning to introduce a larger product portfolio in the Indian market. This includes introducing <a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/new-skoda-compact-suv-to-launch-in-india-in-march-2025-heres-what-to-expect-116303/">a brand-new smaller sub-4-metre SUV</a> sometime next year to widen their line-up and continue with the Superb and Kodiaq. The Kushaq and Slavia are also set for a mid-life facelift very soon. Additionally, there is a strong possibility that the Octavia VRS will return to India very soon. Our review of the latest version will be available very soon.</p>

<p><img alt="CEO of Skoda Auto - Klaus Zellmer" src="/uploads/2024/07/Klaus-Zellmer.jpg" style="width: 1280px; height: 720px;" /></p>

<p>Secondly, Skoda is actively seeking a local partner to better explore the Indian market. During the conversation, Zellmer emphasised that the company might be missing a trick, having spent 20 years in the market without gaining a significant market share. He said, ‘India is crucial to the growth strategy of Skoda Auto as we bring our broadest and most up-to-date product portfolio ever to customers. India has a huge potential, reflected by the fact that we have more than doubled our sales since 2021. Our development and manufacturing base in Pune allows us to springboard into ASEAN and the Middle East.</p>

<p><strong>Also Read:</strong>&nbsp;<a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/skoda-kushaq-onyx-automatic-variant-launched-in-india-at-rs-1349-lakh-117399/">Skoda Kushaq Onyx Automatic Variant Launched in India at Rs 13.49 Lakh</a></p>

<p>The capabilities we have built in India, for India, and related export capacity are helping us achieve new international sales beyond Europe. Soon we will add a new, locally developed model to our lineup in India in the important compact SUV segment. At the same time, we are also considering other models for Indian consumers, including rigorous testing of our popular all-electric Enyaq in the country. EV penetration in India is expected to grow to between 15% – 30%, and our global strategy is to offer customers the best of both worlds – &nbsp;electric and highly efficient combustion powertrains.’</p>

<p>With a mix of new products, an enhanced line-up, and both ICE and EV offerings, Skoda seems to be bullish about its prospects in India and achieving its stated goal of 5% market share by 2030. That said, it seems that for Skoda, finding a local partner in India seems to be the key to unlocking the market’s full potential. In the meantime, the brand will continue to offer global-level products to Indian consumers.</p>


Klaus Zellmer, CEO, Skoda Auto: We are Committed to the Indian Market

We speak to Klaus Zellmer, CEO of Skoda Auto, about Skoda’s plans for India and what the future holds for the brand in the Indian market.

<p>So far, the Nissan Formula E team has had a very fine season this year, with six podium finishes and a race win.&nbsp;While the season has been competitive for Oliver Rowland, it hasn't been the same for Sacha Fenestraz. Despite being one of the fastest drivers, Fenestraz is currently 11th in the drivers' championship, with 26 points. In 2020, Fenestraz began his Formula E&nbsp;racing career by participating in the Marrakesh Rookie Test for Jaguar. He finished tenth, earning a spot as the team's test and reserve driver. He made a brief appearance in Season 8, filling in for Dragon after Antonio Giovinazzi's injury. Nissan selected Fenestraz to join Norman Nato for Season 9, and in Season 10, he has been partnered with Oliver Rowland.&nbsp;</p>

<p>In an exclusive interview, Fenestraz discussed his experience with the Gen3 car, the expansion of the Formula E calendar to new locations, Nissan's commitment to the Gen4 era, and more.</p>

<h2>In your second season with Nissan, has there been a change in your strategy in terms of approaching race weekends in comparison to the last season?</h2>

<p>This season, I have a lot more experience under my belt. I've been doing a lot of simulator work after season 9 in Formula E. Right now, I think I have just gained more experience on the racing side of things. Overall, I feel much more relaxed mentally and confident in handling certain situations that might have been unfamiliar last year.</p>

<p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/interviews/interview-gen4-cars-promise-a-different-racing-style-says-nissan-formula-e-driver-oliver-rowland-117051/" rel="bookmark" title="Interview: 'GEN4 Cars Promise a Different Racing Style,' Says Nissan Formula E Driver Oliver Rowland">Interview: 'GEN4 Cars Promise a Different Racing Style,' Says Nissan Formula E Driver Oliver Rowland</a></p>

<h2>What are some of the biggest lessons you have learned this year?</h2>

<p>This year has been a big learning experience, especially with Oliver as a teammate. He's incredibly strong, talented, and quick, and with his experience, there's a lot I can learn from him. I have been focusing on his qualifying approach and how he deals with situations I was not aware of before. Overall, I've gained a lot of valuable insights from my teammates.</p>

<h2><img alt="FormulaE Nissan " height="720" src="/uploads/2024/05/FormulaE-Nissan-.jpg" width="1280" /></h2>

<h2>Nissan is committed&nbsp;to the GEN4 era. What are the areas, if any, in which you would like to see maximum improvement in terms of the car specification for GEN4?</h2>

<p>Well, two areas stand out for me. First, improved tyre compounds to allow us to tap into the car's full potential. Currently, tyre limitations seem to be restricting the overall performance of the car.&nbsp;Second, I believe it would be good for us to have unlimited traction control. If this was opened up for all drivers, it could significantly boost overall performance.</p>

<h2>What do you think about the quick charge pit stops expected to come soon?</h2>

<p>I think it's a really cool addition! It will definitely add another layer of strategy to the races, which I always welcome. I'm pretty excited to see it in action because, as I mentioned, it will significantly enhance the strategic element of the competition.</p>

<h2>The Formula-E calendar continues to expand. What's your take on it?</h2>

<p>The championship's growth to include more races is a positive step in my opinion. If we go up to 25 races in future, it might be excessive. The current number seems like a good balance. However, the series seems to be moving away from its original DNA of racing on street circuits and is leaning more towards permanent tracks. Personally, I'm not a fan of this shift. Hopefully, the championship will find a way to maintain its real DNA.</p>

<p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/interviews/interview-nissan-team-principal-tommaso-volpe-spills-the-beans-on-formula-e-innovation-gen4-commitment-116958/" rel="bookmark" title="Interview: Nissan Team Principal Tommaso Volpe Spills the Beans on Formula E Innovation, GEN4 Commitment">Interview: Nissan Team Principal Tommaso Volpe Spills the Beans on Formula E Innovation, GEN4 Commitment</a></p>

<p>Speaking of specific races, I truly enjoyed the street circuit event held last season in India. It's a shame that it's not on the current calendar. That race weekend was a personal highlight, with our team performing well and running for a top-five finish until a little unfortunate incident. The track itself was fantastic, and Indian fans and the overall atmosphere were incredible. I truly look forward to returning there next year.<br />
&nbsp;</p>


Interview: 'It's a Shame It's Not on Calendar,' Nissan Formula E Driver Sacha Fenestraz on Hyderabad e-Prix

In an exclusive interview, Nissan Formula E Driver Sacha Fenestraz shared his thoughts on the Gen3 car, the Formula E calendar expansion, and Nissan's commitment to the Gen4 era.

<p>Formula E's 10th season is now in full swing, and <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/nissan/">Nissan</a> is making its presence felt on the track. Oliver Rowland's triumphant return to Nissan following his departure from <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/">Mahindra</a> has been nothing short of remarkable. His victory at the Misano E-Prix stands as compelling evidence of his exceptional skill behind the wheel. Only 14 points separate Rowland from the leader of the series, making him a strong contender for the Formula E season 10 title.</p>

<p><meta charset="utf-8" /></p>

<p>In an exclusive interview, Rowland talks about Nissan's aspirations, the championship's competitive landscape, and his seamless integration into the Japanese team.</p>

<h2>So, Oliver, how does the culture of the Nissan team differ from other teams you’ve competed with, not only in Formula E, but in other series as well?</h2>

<p>That's a good question. One cool fact about our team is that the average age is extremely young. Everyone's kind of around my age, which creates a great sense of camaraderie. From my perspective, there have been some good memories with the team in the first three seasons. I spent a lot of time there, and there are still a lot of the same people in the key departments. It's just a hard-work mentality that drives everyone. It fills you with confidence knowing that they're doing everything they can to make us perform on track.</p>

<p><img alt="Interview with Oliver Rowland Nissan Formula E" src="/uploads/2024/05/Nissan-Formula-E.jpg" style="width: 1280px; height: 720px;" /></p>

<p>It's a good fit for me because I share that same work ethic – I'm competitive and like to get the work done with my head down. As a driver, you need to be confident in what the team is doing. I have no doubt in their abilities. That allows me to just focus on my own job of driving.</p>

<p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/interviews/interview-nissan-team-principal-tommaso-volpe-spills-the-beans-on-formula-e-innovation-gen4-commitment-116958/" rel="bookmark" title="Interview: Nissan Team Principal Tommaso Volpe Spills the Beans on Formula E Innovation, GEN4 Commitment">Interview: Nissan Team Principal Tommaso Volpe Spills the Beans on Formula E Innovation, GEN4 Commitment</a></p>

<h2>As a racer in a highly competitive series, how do you manage the pressure and expectations?</h2>

<p>As a racer in such a competitive series, managing pressure and expectations is a big part of the job. My approach is to stay as normal as possible. Trying to force things can make them feel unnatural. Staying calm is key, and during a busy schedule, grabbing rest whenever possible is crucial. In the end, performing under pressure is part of being a racing driver, and it's something I've been building experience with since I was a kid.</p>

<h2>The Formula E Calendar is continuing to expand more and more, this time with Japan What's your take on that?&nbsp;</h2>

<p>I think it's good for the championship to grow, we have a bit of scope to grow still in terms of the number of races. While it might be challenging for drivers with dual racing commitments, I'm personally happy to race in more places around the world. It'll help grow the championship, so I think it's all positive.</p>

<h2>Tokyo was a new race that we had this season and you were pretty successful there. Do you think this form that you had with the three podiums in a row will continue in other upcoming races like Shanghai?</h2>

<p>It's hard to say for sure. Shanghai will be a tough challenge because the race will be very different from usual. I believe we can still perform well and qualify for a good position. However, the actual race might be tougher. &nbsp;If we can manage another podium finish here, it would be a huge boost for our season and put us in a strong position to fight for the championship title.</p>

<p><img alt="Nissan Formula E Oliver Rowland" src="/uploads/2024/05/Nissan-Formula-E-Oliver-Rowland-1-.jpg" style="width: 1280px; height: 720px;" /></p>

<p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/interviews/interview-formula-e-scouting-12-new-race-locations-says-ceo-jeff-dodds-117020/" rel="bookmark" title="Interview: Formula E Scouting 12 New Race Locations, Says CEO Jeff Dodds">Interview: Formula E Scouting 12 New Race Locations, Says CEO Jeff Dodds</a></p>

<h2>Nissan has confirmed their involvement in Formula E for the GEN4 era. What are your expectations for GEN4? What would you like to see in the GEN4 era, maybe in terms of the regulations for the cars?</h2>

<p>I'm excited about <a href="https://www.autox.com/motorsport-news/formula-e-nissan-makes-history-as-the-first-manufacturer-to-commit-to-gen4-car-116653/">Gen4</a>! Faster cars with more grip promise a different racing style. Ideally, the regulations would reduce the slipstream effect and avoid the current peloton-style racing. Overall, I expect higher performance and potentially even slightly longer races.</p>


Interview: 'GEN4 Cars Promise a Different Racing Style,' Says Nissan Formula E Driver Oliver Rowland

In an exclusive interview, Oliver Rowland discusses his impressive comeback to Nissan in Formula E's 10th season, where he's just 14 points behind the series' leader.

<p>In its tenth season, Formula E CEO, Jeff Dodds recently talked about the upcoming and significant change to the electric series in an interview. Dodds discussed Formula E's global impact and expected developments, including the new Formula E GEN3 EVO. In May 2023, following Jamie Reigle's departure, Jeff Dodds assumed the role of Formula E's new chief executive. With the championship advancing its competitive profile, it aims to establish itself as a catalyst for sustainable transformation and a testing ground for electric vehicles. Despite being CEO for nearly a year, Dodds explains his vision for the championship with remarkable confidence and transparency. His ability to handle a variety of topics underscores his quick acclimatisation to the role, demonstrating a leadership poised for Formula E's next phase.</p>

<h2>The Future of Motorsport</h2>

<p>When asked about his views on the future of motorsports, particularly in light of many series transitioning to various fuel types and hybrid setups, Dodds said, " Electric technology and internal combustion technology were both discovered around the same time, in the late 18th century. Due to the limited range of electric cars and the convenience of charging them, internal combustion engine technology emerged as the predominant technology for road transport, a position it has held for approximately 130 to 140 years. Consequently, Motorsport has predominantly utilised the same technology.</p>

<p><img alt="Formula E " src="/uploads/2024/03/Formula-E-3-.jpg" style="width: 1280px; height: 720px;" /></p>

<p>“We are now entering an era where most governments worldwide have voiced a preference for the next phase of road transport to be electric, citing sustainability concerns with internal combustion engines. Consequently, infrastructure for charging electric vehicles is being developed. Therefore, my firm belief is that the next generation of motor racing will align with advancements in road transport technology, transitioning towards electric, deep hybrid, or full electric technology.</p>

<p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/interviews/interview-nissan-team-principal-tommaso-volpe-spills-the-beans-on-formula-e-innovation-gen4-commitment-116958/" rel="bookmark" title="Interview: Nissan Team Principal Tommaso Volpe Spills the Beans on Formula E Innovation, GEN4 Commitment">Interview: Nissan Team Principal Tommaso Volpe Spills the Beans on Formula E Innovation, GEN4 Commitment</a></p>

<p>“While it's plausible that another technology may emerge as dominant for road transport in the future, such as hydrogen, my intuition suggests that hydrogen and similar technologies will likely find applications in aviation and marine travel, particularly for heavy-duty transportation. However, the decarbonization of road transport will likely be achieved through electric technology. Thus, it is my strong conviction that the upcoming wave of motorsport will predominantly feature electric racing.”</p>

<h2>What New Locations Can We See on the Formula E Calendar?</h2>

<p>When asked about what new locations we can expect to see Formula E cars racing in the future, he responded, “The calendar operates on a specific timeline. We submit a proposed calendar to the FIA. Around May, they provisionally approve it. The proposal then goes to the FIA Council for formal approval, which is usually granted. We have until May to determine the locations for the races. However, I advocate for calendar consistency. I prefer to see 60 per cent, 70 per cent, or even 80 per cent of the races return each year. This consistency helps build an audience in a particular market and establishes Formula E as a regular fixture on the annual calendar.</p>

<p><img alt="Formula E Jeff Dodds" height="720" src="/uploads/2024/05/Formula-E-Jeff-Dodds.jpg" width="1280" /></p>

<p>“Nevertheless, we are also committed to spreading our message of sustainability and technology worldwide. This necessitates adding new locations to our race roster. Currently, discussions are underway with 12 potential new locations across the globe. These discussions encompass regions in North America, China, Europe, and a significant number in Southeast Asia. While it would be premature to speculate on the specific locations, you can expect to see some familiar favourites along with a couple of exciting new races added to the mix.”</p>

<h2>The Formula E Cars</h2>

<p><img alt="Formula E Gen 3 Evo " src="/uploads/2024/04/Formula-E-Gen-3-Evo-1-.jpg" style="width: 1280px; height: 720px;" /></p>

<p>When asked about the expected variations in performance levels between Gen3, Gen3 Evo, and Gen4, he responded, “There is a significant leap. If we reflect on the progression from Gen 1 to Gen 2, and then to Gen 3, each iteration has represented a substantial advancement. We did contemplate an Evo update during Gen 2, but due to the challenges posed by lockdowns and the COVID-19 pandemic, it was a decision the business opted not to pursue at that time. Hence, I perceive the leap from Gen 3 to Gen 3 Evo as considerable, with enhancements such as the introduction of dual powertrains, a significant boost in acceleration, new tyres, revised bodywork, and altered aerodynamics. However, the transition to Gen 4 has already garnered attention; it promises a notably more potent vehicle with a larger battery capacity, a shift to Bridgestone as the sole tyre supplier, and the incorporation of features like power steering. Thus, the progression from Gen 3 Evo to Gen 4 represents a substantial advancement in every aspect.”</p>

<p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/motorsport-news/formula-e-unveils-new-gen3-evo-car-heres-all-you-need-to-know-116928/" rel="bookmark" title="Formula E Unveils New Gen3 EVO Car; Here's All You Need to Know">Formula E Unveils New Gen3 EVO Car; Here's All You Need to Know</a></p>

<h2>Formula E Fast Charging Pit Stop</h2>

<p>When asked how fast charging could enhance the excitement of the races, he responded, "Fast charging is undeniably a cutting-edge technology currently under development. We aim to introduce it into the race series in the near future. Pit stops have long been a feature in motorsport, whether in the old days of Formula One where they were utilised for refuelling and tyre changes, or in modern times primarily for tyre changes or repairs. Pit stops create moments of excitement and suspense during races. In Formula E, due to our focus on sustainability, there is no mandatory pit stop requirement for tyre changes, as the cars are highly efficient and durable. However, incorporating fast charging technology into pit stops would not only introduce a thrilling strategic element but also showcase technological advancements. Teams would need to carefully strategise when to utilise fast charging, adding depth to race strategies. Moreover, it would introduce an element of risk, as manoeuvring potentially 22 cars off the racing line into the pit and back onto the track safely and swiftly would require skill and precision. Therefore, integrating fast charging into pit stops could bring an exciting dimension to Formula E races.</p>

<p><img alt="Formula E Pitstop Charging " src="/uploads/2024/05/Formula-E-Pitstop-charging-1-.jpg" style="width: 1280px; height: 720px;" /></p>

<p>“That being said, it's important to note that our races are already highly exciting. Formula E is currently regarded as one of the most thrilling forms of motorsport in the world. Hence, we must ensure that any changes introduced do not detract from the excellent racing product we already offer.”</p>


Interview: Formula E Scouting 12 New Race Locations, Says CEO Jeff Dodds

In an interview, Formula E CEO Jeff Dodds talked about his plans for the racing series and his perspective on the future of motorsport.

Automotive Industry Interviews - Every now and then, we conduct interviews with the leading VPs in the automotive industry to get a mental picture of what lays ahead.

<p>Toyota Gazoo Racing has finally lifted the covers off the prototypes of the new GR GT and GR GT3, giving enthusiasts a clear look at how the brand plans to shape its next phase of performance cars. Both models are set for production around 2027 as Toyota continues to expand its road and customer racing operations. The GR GT is designed for drivers who want one car for both circuits and public roads, while the GR GT3 is specifically created for FIA GT3 competition. Engineers followed three core principles during development: low centre of gravity, low weight with rigidity and strong aerodynamic performance. Testing took place at Fuji Speedway, the Nurburgring and various public roads, guided by Akio Toyoda and a team of professional drivers and engineers inspired by lessons from the Lexus LFA.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/the-lexus-lfa-successor-is-finally-here-and-its-fully-electric-122346/">The Lexus LFA Successor Is Finally Here – And It’s Fully Electric</a></p><p>Both cars share a 4.0-litre twin-turbo V8 engine, with the GR GT using hybrid tech for more output and the GR GT3 tuned purely for racing. Each model features its own unique interior layout, chassis setup, and aerodynamic design to meet its distinct purpose.</p><h2>Toyota GR GT</h2><p>The Toyota GR GT features an aluminium frame with carbon fibre reinforced plastic panels to keep weight in check while maintaining rigidity. It measures 4,820 mm in length, 2,000 mm in width and 1,195 mm in height with a 2,725 mm wheelbase. </p><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/New-Toyota-GR-GT-1764911026515.webp" alt="New Toyota GR GT.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The design supports balanced use on public roads and circuits, helped by a 45:55 weight distribution and a low centre of gravity. Double wishbone suspension, forged aluminium arms, carbon ceramic brakes and Michelin Pilot Sport Cup 2 tyres complete the setup.</p><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/New-Toyota-GR-GT-rear-1764911021884.webp" alt="New Toyota GR GT rear.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>Inside, the GR GT sticks to a focused and simple layout built around driver visibility and control. Sports seats support both daily drives and track outings. The digital display presents shift lights, gear position and driving data in a clean format. </p><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/New-Toyota-GR-GT-Interior-1764911005011.webp" alt="New Toyota GR GT Interior.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>Controls sit close to the steering wheel, and a touchscreen sits on the transmission tunnel for core functions, keeping everything within easy reach.</p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/New-Toyota-GR-GT-and-GR-GT3-Engine-1764911243233.webp" alt="New Toyota GR GT and  GR GT3 Engine.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>A 4.0-litre twin-turbo V8 of 3,998 cc pairs with a single electric motor in a hybrid transaxle system. Power goes to the rear wheels through an eight-speed automatic transmission. Combined output exceeds 641bhp and torque goes upto 850 Nm, with a top speed claimed above 320 km/h.</p><h2>Toyota GR GT3</h2><p>The GR GT3 follows FIA GT3 standards and focuses on low weight, rigidity and aerodynamic stability. The car measures 4,785 mm in length, 2,050 mm in width and 1,090 mm in height. While it shares core chassis principles with the GR GT, its suspension and balance are tuned for racing. </p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/New-Toyota-GR-GT3--1764910998068.webp" alt="New Toyota GR GT3 .jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>Testing at Fuji Speedway and the Nurburgring helped the development team refine the car for both professional and customer racing teams.</p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/New-Toyota-GR-GT3-Rear-1764910990372.webp" alt="New Toyota GR GT3 Rear.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The interior is built strictly for motorsport use. A full roll cage meets safety requirements, and a yoke-style steering wheel offers precise control. The cabin integrates race-grade computing systems for telemetry and team communication. All switches and controls sit within quick reach, and the stripped layout keeps weight down for long stints.</p><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/New-Toyota-GR-GT3-Interior-1764910993706.webp" alt="New Toyota GR GT3 Interior.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The GR GT3 carries the same 4.0-litre twin-turbo V8 base engine as the GR GT but tuned for GT3 racing without hybrid assistance. Power and torque vary according to Balance of Performance rules, but the aim is a stable output for endurance and sprint formats. The engine connects to a racing gearbox driving the rear wheels, forming a package ready for customer teams.</p>

New Toyota GR GT and GR GT3 Breaks Cover with a 4.0-Litre Twin-Turbo V8 Engine

Toyota GR GT and GR GT3 prototypes use a 4.0-litre twin-turbo V8, with the GR GT’s hybrid setup making 641bhp while the GR GT3 runs FIA GT3-spec output.

<p><strong>-The Lexus LFA Concept features a high-performance electric powertrain.<br>-It combines lightweight, rigid construction with technology from Toyota’s GR GT and GR GT3 race cars.<br>-The BEV sports modern styling that honours the original LFA.</strong></p><p>The new Lexus LFA is fully electric and has made its much-awaited debut in concept form, alongside Toyota’s new GR GT supercar and the race-ready GR GT3 in Japan. While details remain limited, the luxury division of Toyota has confirmed that the concept uses engineering know-how from GR GT and GR GT3 race cars while exploring what is possible with an electric powertrain. It has a lightweight aluminium body and is built around three core principles&nbsp;(a low centre of gravity, lightweight yet highly rigid construction, and advanced aerodynamics). Since the original two-door LFA sports car ended production in 2012,&nbsp;fans have eagerly speculated about what a second-generation model might offer – whether it would feature a more powerful V10 or a completely new approach.&nbsp;The new LFA Concept answers that curiosity with a fully electric powertrain, highlighting its ability to explore electrification while highlighting&nbsp;the performance potential of electric sports cars. All of this comes wrapped in a timeless, next-generation design that stays true to the spirit of the original LFA.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/lexus-rx-350h-exquisite-trim-launched-in-india-prices-start-at-rs-90-lakh-122338/">Lexus RX 350h Exquisite Trim Launched in India, Prices Start at Rs 90 Lakh</a></p><p>Speaking on its electric exploration of the supercar, Lexus said, 'The model name 'LFA' is not bound to vehicles powered by internal combustion engines. It symbolises a vehicle that embodies technologies its engineers should preserve and pass on to the next generation.&nbsp;From the past to the future: the Lexus LFA Concept is a testament to how Lexus is preserving and passing on the value&nbsp;of sports cars and car-making knowledge so they can be retained and evolved.'</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Lexus-LFA-Concept-Rear-1764910651270.webp" alt="Lexus LFA Concept Rear.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><h2>Lexus LFA Concept: What's More?</h2><p>While exact details about the LFA Concept’s powertrain and performance remain under wraps, its engineering ties to the GR GT and GR GT3 hint at its capabilities.&nbsp;The LFA concept has grown in size. It stretches 4,690mm in length, 2,040mm across,&nbsp;and sits on a 2,725mm wheelbase. Compared to the old LFA, it’s roughly 254mm longer and over 152 mm wider, giving it a much more commanding presence.</p><p>Design-wise,&nbsp;the new LFA Concept channels the spirit of the original LFA.&nbsp;Its low, coupe-like stance and flowing lines give it a timeless profile,&nbsp;while large wheels and functional vents behind the front tyres&nbsp;hint at performance. Even as a full BEV, it exudes the dynamic&nbsp;presence of a front-engine, rear-drive supercar.</p><p>Key highlights include a long hood with a glowing logo, slim LED headlights,  a continuous taillight, F1-inspired lighting, and a bold rear diffuser.</p><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Lexus-LFA-Concept-Interior-1764910667645.webp" alt="Lexus LFA Concept Interior.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The new LFA boasts a driver-centric cockpit, with a large display (showing all key information), and a yoke-style wheel for smooth operation. Digital screens have replaced the traditional gauges. Moreover, the central infotainment panel is absent. </p>

The Lexus LFA Successor Is Finally Here – And It’s Fully Electric

The new Lexus LFA concept, in an electric avatar, has made its much-awaited debut alongside Toyota’s new GR GT supercar and the race-ready GR GT3 in Japan.

<p><strong>-The Tata Sierra EV retains its ICE sibling’s design with subtle EV-specific tweaks.<br>-Expected features include triple-screen setup, ventilated seats, panoramic sunroof, and Level-2 ADAS.</strong></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/tata/sierra-ev/">Tata Sierra EV</a> will be a significant milestone for the Indian automaker following the launch of its ICE-powered sibling. While Tata has yet to confirm an official&nbsp;launch date, the EV is expected to debut early next year, with pricing details likely arriving in March 2026.&nbsp;</p><p>The electric variant largely retains the design of the conventional Sierra, as revealed in the first teaser, though&nbsp;subtle styling updates, especially at the front, distinguish it from the ICE counterpart. The ICE model&nbsp;currently starts at Rs 11.49 lakh; the Sierra EV is likely to carry a premium, with prices&nbsp;beginning around Rs 15 lakh (ex-showroom). Upon launch, it will compete with popular models&nbsp;like the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/hyundai/creta-electric/">Hyundai Creta Electric</a>, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mg/zs-ev/">MG ZS EV,</a> the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/be-6/">Mahindra BE 6,</a> and the upcoming <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/maruti-suzuki/e-vitara/">Maruti Suzuki e Vitara</a>.</p><h2><strong>Tata Sierra EV: Design</strong></h2><p>The Sierra EV, as seen in the previous teaser, adopts a more modern and streamlined appearance compared to its ICE sibling. The front end is fully closed off, featuring a minimalist bumper and a&nbsp;body-coloured Tata emblem, which adds to its distinctive electric look.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/tata-sierra-suv-features-and-engine-options-explained-122291/">Tata Sierra SUV Features and Engine Options Explained</a></p><p>The full-width LED light&nbsp;bar remains, but the placement of the headlamps has shifted from the grille on the&nbsp;ICE model to the bumper on the EV. Many design cues from&nbsp;the ICE Sierra carry over, including the alloy wheels. Overall, the Sierra EV retains the character and&nbsp;familiarity of the ICE model while signaling its futuristic, electric identity.</p><h2><strong>Tata Sierra EV: Interior and Features</strong></h2><p>Details about the interior of the Tata Sierra EV remain largely under wraps, but industry  reports suggest it will closely mirror the ICE version’s layout. That said, you can expect some notable&nbsp;updates, including new upholstery colours. The EV could also introduce several&nbsp;electric-specific features, such as vehicle-to-load (V2L) and vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) charging.</p><p>Other anticipated features may include a panoramic sunroof,&nbsp;Android Auto and Apple CarPlay, ventilated front seats, a three-screen digital setup,&nbsp;wireless phone charging, a JBL audio system, and dual-zone climate control. In terms of safety,&nbsp;the Sierra EV is likely to come with front and rear parking sensors,&nbsp; a 360-degree camera, TPMS, ESC, and Level-2 ADAS.</p><h2><strong>Tata Sierra EV: Battery and Range</strong></h2><p>The Sierra EV is expected to offer two battery options: a 55kWh pack borrowed from the Curvv EV and a 65kWh unit from the Harrier EV.&nbsp;</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/tata-sierra-vs-hyundai-creta-features-specs-and-price-compared-122295/">Tata Sierra vs Hyundai Creta: Features, Specs, and Price Compared</a></p><p>While standard models are anticipated to feature front-wheel drive, the top-end trims could come with a dual-motor all-wheel-drive setup.&nbsp;The SUV’s range is expected to be over 500 kilometres.</p>

Tata Sierra EV Launch Soon? Expected Price, Range, Features & More

The Tata Sierra EV is likely to have a starting price of around Rs 15 Lakh (ex-showroom). It will compete against the Hyundai Creta Electric, the Mahindra BE 6, and the MG ZS EV. 

<p><strong>-The Lexus RX 350h Exquisite is the new entry-level variant in the RX lineup.<br>-With the optional 21-speaker Mark Levinson audio system, it is priced at Rs 92.02 lakh.</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/lexus/">Lexus</a> has made its RX range more affordable in India by introducing a new entry-level trim called the Exquisite. The new RX 350h Exquisite is priced at Rs 90 lakh (ex-showroom). Buyers can further enhance the variant with a 21-speaker Mark Levinson&nbsp;audio system for an additional Rs 2 lakh, bringing the total cost to Rs 92.02 lakh.&nbsp;</p><p>With this upgrade option, the Exquisite trim is available in two configurations.&nbsp;The flagship RX 500h F-Sport+ remains unchanged in the portfolio&nbsp;and continues to retail at Rs 1.09 crore. The updated lineup aims to enhance the SUV's appeal while maintaining a strong feature set and premium positioning.</p><p>Speaking on the announcement, Hikaru Ikeuchi, President, Lexus India, said: ‘The Lexus RX represents our dedication to luxury, design, performance, and sustainable mobility. As the luxury SUV segment continues to grow,&nbsp;the introduction of the new Exquisite grade allows us to offer guests a wider range of options and features to choose from.&nbsp;This enhancement reflects our continued commitment to expanding our portfolio and elevating the Lexus experience in India, supported by advanced technology and a guest-first philosophy.'</p><p>Here’s all you need to know about the new variant in detail.</p><h2><strong>Lexus RX 350h Exquisite: Engine and Features</strong></h2><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/lexus/rx/">Lexus RX 350h </a>has a 2.5-litre four-cylinder petrol engine paired with a hybrid system that produces a combined power output of 190bhp and peak torque of 242Nm, and is mated to an eight-speed e-CVT. On the other hand, the RX 500h F-Sport+ remains untouched at the top of the range with its 2.4-litre turbo-hybrid setup, six-speed automatic transmission,&nbsp;rear e-Axle, and all-wheel-drive capability.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/reviews/car-reviews/2025-bmw-x3-vs-mercedes-benz-glc-vs-lexus-nx-350h-comparison-121266/">2025 BMW X3 vs Mercedes-Benz GLC vs Lexus NX 350h: Comparison</a></p><p>Feature-wise, the Exquisite trim mirrors the previous Luxury variant and continues to offer 10-way powered front seats with memory, a 14-inch touchscreen, ventilated and heated seats for both rows, a 360-degree camera, connected car technology, and ambient lighting.&nbsp;A 21-speaker Mark Levinson system is available as an optional upgrade.</p>

Lexus RX 350h Exquisite Trim Launched in India, Prices Start at Rs 90 Lakh

Lexus has made its RX range more affordable in India by introducing a new entry-level trim called the Exquisite. The new RX 350h Exquisite is priced at Rs 90 lakh (ex-showroom).

<p>Lexus has released a teaser of its upcoming supercar ahead of its global debut on 5 December 2025, giving a first look at what will follow the LFA. The unveiling is part of Toyota Motor Corporation’s All New Sports Models World Premiere, set for 11:00 am Tokyo time (7:30 am IST).</p><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/lexus/"> Lexus </a>identifies this new model as the LFA’s successor, linking it to the V10-powered car produced between 2010 and 2012. The car has been developed under the Gazoo Racing. The world premiere will stream live on Toyota’s YouTube channel on 5 December.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/new-toyota-gt-and-lexus-lfr-prototype-debuts-at-the-goodwood-festival-of-speed-121210/">New Toyota GT and Lexus LFR Prototype Debuts at the Goodwood Festival of Speed</a></p><p>The teaser shows silhouettes of the Lexus supercar, the Toyota GR GT and what appears to be a GT3 racing model. The Lexus car uses a rear lighting signature that matches the Sport Concept displayed at Monterey Car Week and the Japan Mobility Show. <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/toyota/">Toyota</a> also showed camouflaged prototypes of two sports cars at the Goodwood Festival of Speed in July 2025.</p><p>The Toyota GR GT sits at the centre of the teaser, and its name now stands confirmed through a recent Japanese television advertisement. Toyota plans to bring Gazoo Racing forward as a core global brand, with Lexus placed within a new five-brand structure under the Century line.</p><p>Both the Lexus supercar and the Toyota GR GT will use a twin-turbo 4.0-litre V8 hybrid powertrain. Toyota’s powertrain head has confirmed that future Lexus models will continue with V8 technology, including the production version of the Sport Concept. The GR GT’s combustion engine alone is projected to produce around 800bhp, showing the direction of Toyota’s performance plan.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/lexus-sport-concept-wows-at-monterey-with-futuristic-looks-and-track-inspired-touches-121508/">Lexus Sport Concept Wows at Monterey with Futuristic Looks and Track-Inspired Touches</a></p><p>Production is targeted for 2026, and the model may replace the LC coupe and convertible while taking the LFA’s place in the lineup. Toyota will also join the 2026 Supercars Championship in Australia with a V8 Supra, rounding off a sports car rollout that began with the GR GT3 project.</p>

Lexus Teases New Supercar Ahead of 5 December Debut, Set to Succeed the LFA

Lexus has teased its new supercar, set to debut on 5 December as the LFA’s successor, alongside Toyota’s GR GT, both using a twin-turbo V8 hybrid powertrain.

<p><strong>-The Maruti Suzuki e Vitara offers a range of up to 543 km.<br>-In the first time for Maruti Suzuki, the electric SUV comes with a Battery-as-a-Service (BaaS) plan.</strong></p><p>Maruti Suzuki has once again showcased the highly anticipated <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/maruti-suzuki/e-vitara/">e Vitara</a>,&nbsp;and revealed its 5-star BNCAP safety rating,&nbsp;the wide charging network, and the innovative Battery-as-a-Service (BaaS) plan.&nbsp;While the electric SUV’s range is now confirmed (up to 543 kilometres),&nbsp;we are eagerly waiting for the final price announcement – which is slated&nbsp;to come sometime in early 2026. Maruti Suzuki’s first EV is built on&nbsp;the dedicated HEARTECT-e platform and has a seating capacity for five people.&nbsp;</p><p>It comes in three variants (Delta, Zeta, and Alpha) and two battery pack options.&nbsp;While the price remains a mystery for now, the excitement around Maruti Suzuki’s&nbsp;first EV continues to grow, with bookings expected&nbsp;to begin soon. Following its&nbsp;launch, the e Vitara will compete against some of the popular models in the segment,&nbsp;including the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/hyundai/creta-electric/">Hyundai Creta Electric</a>, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/be-6/">Mahindra BE 6</a>, and the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mg/windsor-ev/">MG Windsor EV.</a></p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/01/Maruti-Suzuki-e-vitara-rear-(1).webp" alt="Maruti Suzuki e vitara rear (1).jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><h2><strong>Maruti Suzuki e Vitara:&nbsp;Expected Price</strong></h2><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/maruti-suzuki/">Maruti Suzuki </a>has introduced a Battery-as-a-Service (BaaS) model for the e-Vitara (its first for the Indian market). Under this scheme, buyers can purchase the EV without the&nbsp;battery, significantly reducing the upfront price. Instead of a hefty one-time payment for the battery, customers will subscribe&nbsp;to a flexible monthly plan, paying only for the battery usage as they drive.&nbsp;The carmaker is also offering a subscription plan, and an assured buyback option.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/india-spec-maruti-suzuki-e-vitara-debuts-with-543-km-range-heres-when-prices-will-be-revealed-122326/">India-Spec Maruti Suzuki e Vitara Debuts With 543 Km Range – Here's When Prices Will Be Revealed</a></p><p>The base model of the e-Vitara is expected to be priced at around Rs 17 lakh, while the top-end&nbsp;variant could be priced at Rs 22.50 lakh (both, ex-showroom).</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Maruti-Suzuki-e-Vitara-Interior-(1)-1764736732355.webp" alt="Maruti Suzuki e Vitara Interior (1).jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><h2><strong>Maruti Suzuki e Vitara: Battery, Range, and Charging&nbsp;</strong></h2><p>Maruti Suzuki offers the e Vitara with two battery variants: a 49kWh with 142bhp and a 61kWh with 172bhp. Both are paired with a front-mounted electric motor.&nbsp;It is to be noted that the torque remains constant at 192.5Nm across both versions. The 49kWh&nbsp;variant is exclusive to the base Delta trim, while the Zeta and Alpha trims come with&nbsp;the larger 61kWh battery. The 49kWh version claims a range (WLTP)  of 344 kilometres,&nbsp;whereas the 61kWh variant offers of certified range of up to 543 kilometres. Both variants are front-wheel drive,&nbsp;though AWD is available in global markets.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/maruti-suzuki-e-vitara-to-launch-with-baas-plan-heres-all-you-need-to-know-122328/">Maruti Suzuki e Vitara to Launch with BaaS Plan: Here's All You Need to Know</a></p><p>Maruti Suzuki has installed over 2,000 charging stations across 1,100+ cities in India for its first-ever EV. It is working with 13 charging point operators, and&nbsp;has plans to expand the network to over 1 lakh stations by 2030.&nbsp;Additionally, Maruti offers over 1,500 EV-ready workshops </p>

Maruti Suzuki e Vitara Launch: Expected Arrival Date for Electric SUV in India

The prices for the Maruti Suzuki e Vitara are expected to be revealed in early 2026, while bookings are set to open soon. Upon its launch, the e Vitara will compete against the Hyundai Creta Electric and the Mahindra BE 6. 

<p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/">Mahindra</a> will launch the updated XUV700, expected to be renamed XUV 7XO, in January 2026. The new name follows the format first introduced with the XUV 3XO. As a facelift, the model retains the existing platform, powertrains and drivetrain options. The update focuses on revised exterior styling, a refreshed cabin layout and new technology features. These changes on the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/xuv700-facelift/">Mahindra XUV700 facelift</a> aim to keep the SUV competitive in its segment. Mahindra expects the XUV 7XO to attract current XUV700 owners and new buyers seeking added features.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/track-test/mahindra-xev-9e-wins-car-of-the-year---autox-awards-2025-122158/">Mahindra XEV 9e Wins Car of the Year - autoX Awards 2025</a></p><p>The mechanical setup remains the same to preserve the driving experience. Showroom availability will follow the launch across India.​</p><h2><strong>Mahindra XUV700 Facelift: Expected Design Changes</strong></h2><p>The XUV700 facelift will feature a new front grille, dual-barrel LED headlamps and U-shaped daytime running lamps. The front bumper and alloy wheels have revised designs. At the rear, a new tail-lamp pattern includes a connected LED strip. Flush door handles carry over from the current model. The SUV keeps its existing body dimensions.​</p><h2><strong>Mahindra XUV700 Facelift: Expected Interior and Features</strong></h2><p>The cabin includes a triple-screen layout with a 12.3-inch infotainment display, 12.3-inch co-driver screen and 10.25-inch driver display. A two-spoke steering wheel carries an illuminated Mahindra logo. Brown leatherette inserts and soft-touch panels cover the dashboard and door pads.​</p><p>Ventilated front seats, a driver seat memory function and multi-zone climate control are expected to feature in the equipment list. A panoramic sunroof and ambient lighting are likely to appear on higher variants. Top trims are expected to offer second-row captain seats and a Harman Kardon sound system with Dolby Atmos support. Connected features are also expected on the upper variants.</p><h2><strong>Mahindra XUV700 Facelift: Expected Engine</strong></h2><p>The 2.0-litre turbo-petrol and 2.2-litre turbo-diesel engines link to six-speed manual or automatic gearboxes. Front-wheel drive remains standard, while all-wheel drive is available on select models.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/motorsport-news/mahindra-to-continue-in-formula-e-as-a-manufacturer-till-2030-gen4-car-unveil-next-season-122297/">Mahindra to continue in Formula E as a Manufacturer till 2030; Gen4 Car Unveil Next Season</a></p><p>Level-2 ADAS includes adaptive cruise control, lane-keeping assist and automatic emergency braking. These pair with a 360-degree camera and front parking sensors. Multiple airbags and all-wheel disc brakes continue across variants.</p>

Mahindra XUV700 Facelift Launch In Early 2026 - Here's What You Can Expect

Mahindra will launch the XUV 7XO in January 2026 with updated design, triple screens, new features and Level-2 ADAS, while retaining its current engines and drivetrain options.

<p><strong>-Maruti Suzuki introduces Battery-as-a-Service (BaaS) for the e Vitara.<br>-The EV comes with two Battery Options: 49kWh and 61kWh, offering 344 km (WLTP) and up to 543 km (ARAI) range, respectively. <br>-Along with BaaS, Maruti Suzuki offers a subscription plan and an assured buyback option.</strong></p><p>Maruti Suzuki has joined manufacturers like MG in offering Battery-as-a-Service (BaaS)&nbsp;for its first electric car, the e Vitara, in India. This marks the carmaker's debut&nbsp;of the BaaS plan, allowing buyers to lower their initial costs by leasing&nbsp;the battery separately, similar to what we've seen with MG&nbsp;models like the Comet and the Windsor.&nbsp;In addition to the BaaS option,&nbsp;Maruti Suzuki is offering a subscription plan.&nbsp;An assured buyback option is also available. Here's all you need to know about this game-changing ownership model.&nbsp;</p><h2><strong>What is the Battery-as-a-Service (BaaS) Plan?</strong></h2><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/maruti-suzuki/">Maruti Suzuki</a> has addressed one of the biggest challenges to EV adoption in India – the high upfront cost of the battery&nbsp;– with its Battery-as-a-Service (BaaS) model. With this plan, customers will be able to purchase the e Vitara without the battery,&nbsp;resulting in a reduced initial price.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/india-spec-maruti-suzuki-e-vitara-debuts-with-543-km-range-heres-when-prices-will-be-revealed-122326/">India-Spec Maruti Suzuki e Vitara Debuts With 543 Km Range – Here's When Prices Will Be Revealed</a></p><p>Instead of paying for the battery upfront, buyers will subscribe to it on a monthly plan, paying only for the battery usage as they drive.</p><h2><strong>Maruti Suzuki e Vitara: Battery and Range</strong></h2><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/maruti-suzuki/e-vitara/">e Vitara</a> offers two battery options: a 49kWh and a 61kWh. Both versions feature a front-mounted electric motor. The 49kWh variant delivers 142bhp, whereas the larger 61kWh pack produces 172bhp.&nbsp;The torque value is the same at 192.5Nm across both versions.&nbsp;The base Delta variant will feature the smaller battery, while the higher&nbsp;Zeta and Alpha variants come equipped with the larger battery.</p><p>In terms of range, the 49kWh variant offers a claimed 344 kilometres (WLTP), while the 61kWh version can travel up to 543 kilometres (ARAI).&nbsp;The international-spec model offers an exclusive all-wheel-drive (AWD)&nbsp;option, which is not available in the India-spec version.</p><h2><strong>Maruti Suzuki e Vitara: Features</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Maruti-Suzuki-e-Vitara-Interior-(1)-1764736732355.webp" alt="Maruti Suzuki e Vitara Interior (1).jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>Maruti Suzuki’s first EV has a dual-screen layout, featuring a 10.1-inch touchscreen infotainment and a 10.25-inch all-digital driver’s display. It also includes a PM2.5 air filter, ventilated front seats, a panoramic glass roof, and a 10-way electrically adjustable driver’s seat.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/maruti-suzuki-e-vitara-gets-5-star-safety-rating-in-bharat-ncap-122327/"> Maruti Suzuki e Vitara Gets 5-Star Safety Rating in Bharat NCAP</a></p><p>In terms of safety, the e Vitara is equipped with seven airbags, parking sensors (front and rear), TPMS, and a 360-degree camera, and Level-2 ADAS with lane-keep assist, autonomous emergency braking, and adaptive cruise control. </p>

Maruti Suzuki e Vitara to Launch with BaaS Plan: Here's All You Need to Know

The Maruti Suzuki e Vitara comes with two battery options: a 49kWh and a 61kWh. Both versions come paired with a front-mounted electric motor.

<p><strong>-Maruti Suzuki's First EV is built on the HEARTECT-e platform, and can seat five people.<br>-It comes with two battery options: 49kWh (344km) and 61kWh (543km) with 142–172bhp output.<br>-Exterior design highlights include&nbsp;Y-shaped LED DRLs, 18-inch dual-tone alloys, and rugged bumpers.<br>-Key features are dual screens, panoramic roof, ventilated seats, Level-2 ADAS, and up to seven airbags. </strong></p><p>Maruti Suzuki revealed its first EV,&nbsp; the e Vitara, for the second time in India,&nbsp;following its debut earlier this year at the Auto Expo. While we await the prices, the best-selling carmaker&nbsp;has shared key details about its electric car ahead of its launch in the country.&nbsp;These include the battery, range, variants, and pricing options.&nbsp;We already know that the e Vitara is on sale in Europe with two battery pack options and both FWD and AWD configurations.&nbsp;</p><p>However,<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/maruti-suzuki/"> Maruti Suzuki</a> has confirmed that the India-spec version will not offer AWD.&nbsp;That said, the e Vitara will come with the same two battery pack options as its international counterpart (a 49kWh and a 61kWh), available across three variants (Delta, Zeta, and Alpha).</p><p>Maruti Suzuki’s first electric vehicle sits on the dedicated HEARTECT-e platform and can seat five people. It measures 4,275mm in length, 1,800mm in width, and 1,640mm in height, with a 2,700mm wheelbase. The electric SUV comes in 10 colour options, four of which are dual-tone. In India's growing electric segment, the new Maruti Suzuki EV competes with the Hyundai Creta Electric, MG Windsor EV, Tata Curvv EV, and Mahindra BE 6.</p><h2><strong>Maruti Suzuki e Vitara: Battery, Range</strong></h2><p>Both the smaller 49kWh version and the larger 61 kWh version of the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/maruti-suzuki/e-vitara/">Maruti e Vitara</a> are paired with a front-mounted electric motor. The 49kWh battery produces 142bhp,&nbsp;while the 61kWh pack boosts the power to 172bhp, while torque remains the same at 192.5Nm.&nbsp;The base Delta variant will be available exclusively with the 49kWh battery,&nbsp;while the higher Zeta and Alpha variants will feature the larger 61kWh pack. </p><p>In terms of range,&nbsp;the 49kWh variant has a claimed range (WLTP) of 344 kilometres, while the 61kWh variant can cover up to 543 kilometres&nbsp;(ARAI). Both variants come with a front-wheel-drive (FWD) configuration, though the international-spec e Vitara also offers an all-wheel-drive (AWD) dual-motor setup. </p><h2><strong>Maruti Suzuki e Vitara: Exterior</strong></h2><p>The best-selling carmaker’s first EV makes a strong impression with its polyhedral design and muscular stance. Its front fascia carries a futuristic appeal, featuring slim Y-shaped LED DRLs, a blacked-out bumper,&nbsp;fog lamps, and a silver skid plate. The sharp body lines and sculpted surfaces further add to the look.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/maruti-suzuki-e-vitara-gets-5-star-safety-rating-in-bharat-ncap-122327/">Maruti Suzuki e Vitara Gets 5-Star Safety Rating in Bharat NCAP</a></p><p>Along the sides, the SUV stands out with heavy door cladding, prominent wheel arches, and 18-inch&nbsp;dual-tone aerodynamic alloy wheels. Its rear profile is defined by wraparound LED taillamps, a chunky bumper,&nbsp;a shark fin antenna, and a roof-mounted spoiler. </p><h2><strong>Maruti Suzuki e Vitara: Interior and Features</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Maruti-Suzuki-e-Vitara-Interior-(1)-1764736732355.webp" alt="Maruti Suzuki e Vitara Interior (1).jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>Inside, the electric SUV gets a dual-tone black-and-tan theme that extends across the dashboard, door pads, and seats. There are glossy black accents and semi-leatherette seats that merge style with comfort.&nbsp;For the first time in a Maruti Suzuki, the e Vitara features a two-spoke steering wheel.</p><p>Among other highlights are a dual-screen setup (10.25-inch touchscreen infotainment and a 10.1-inch digital driver’s display), an Infinity sound system, wireless Android Auto and Apple CarPlay, a panoramic glass roof, ambient lighting, electrically adjustable&nbsp;and foldable ORVMs, a 10-way power-adjustable driver’s seat, a PM2.5 air filter, and ventilated front seats, and&nbsp;sliding and reclining rear seats.</p><p>The safety is taken care of by up to seven airbags, front and rear parking sensors, a 360-degree camera, electronic stability control (ESC), an electronic parking brake with auto hold,&nbsp;a tyre pressure monitoring system (TPMS), and Level-2 ADAS, with features such as adaptive cruise control, autonomous emergency braking, and lane keep assist.&nbsp;It is worth noting that the e Vitara has scored&nbsp;a  5-star safety rating in the Bharat NCAP crash tests. </p><h2><strong>Maruti Suzuki e Vitara: Three Ways to Buy the SUV</strong></h2><p>Maruti Suzuki will offer three unique ownership models for its first EV in India to suit different customer preferences and financial plans.&nbsp;Here's a look at the options:</p><p><strong>Battery As A Service (BaaS): </strong>This option will let you pay a separate fee for the battery pack, lowering the initial cost of the e Vitara. It will offer flexibility,&nbsp;allowing owners to enjoy the vehicle’s performance and range at a reduced upfront price.</p><p><strong>Subscription Plan:</strong> This model of purchase offers flexibility with a fixed monthly rental. At the end of the term, you can either return the car or buy it outright, making it ideal for short-term use or those seeking no long-term commitment.</p><p><strong>Full Ownership (Buy Outright): </strong>For long-term ownership, the Full Purchase option lets you buy the e Vitara outright with a one-time payment,&nbsp;offering complete control and no recurring fees.</p><h2><strong>Maruti Suzuki e Vitara: Charging</strong></h2><p>Maruti Suzuki is ensuring a hassle-free  ownership experience for its EV with over 2,000 exclusive charging stations across 1,100 cities, in partnership&nbsp;with 13 charging aggregators.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/suzuki-e-vitara-launched-in-uk-priced-equivalent-to-rs-35-lakh-121024/">Suzuki e Vitara Launched in UK; Priced Equivalent to Rs 35 Lakh</a></p><p>The ‘e for me’ app provides access to 70% of fast&nbsp;chargers nationwide.&nbsp;The company plans to expand this network with more than 2,000 additional charging points and aims to provide a charging station every 5 to 10 km&nbsp;in major cities in the future.&nbsp;Additionally, over 1,500 Maruti workshops&nbsp;are now equipped to support electric vehicles (EVs).</p><h2><strong>Maruti Suzuki e Vitara: Price Announcement</strong></h2><p>While the carmaker hasn't confirmed a specific date, the prices for the e Vitara are expected to be revealed in early 2026. We anticipate the EV to be priced&nbsp;starting around Rs 17 lakh (ex-showroom).</p>

India-Spec Maruti Suzuki e Vitara Debuts With 543 Km Range – Here's When Prices Will Be Revealed

Maruti Suzuki has showcased its first EV, the e Vitara, in India, following its premiere at the Auto Expo earlier this year. Here's all you need to know about the SUV's expected price, battery configuration, and range. 

<p><strong>-Maruti Suzuki's first EV scored 31.49/32 for Adult Occupant Protection and 43/49 for Child Occupant Protection.<br>-It comes equipped with Level 2 ADAS, seven airbags, ABS with EBD, ISOFIX anchors, and a 360-degree camera.</strong></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/maruti-suzuki/e-vitara/">Maruti Suzuki e Vitara</a> has earned a 5-star safety rating in the Bharat NCAP crash tests. It is the brand’s first-ever EV&nbsp;and the fourth model overall to achieve this top rating, following the Victoris,&nbsp;Invicto, and Dzire. The e-Vitara scored 31.49 out of 32 points for Adult Occupant Protection (AOP) and 43 out of 49&nbsp;points for Child Occupant Protection (COP). To recall, the SUV had previously&nbsp;earned a 4-star rating in the Euro NCAP crash tests. </p><p>Speaking on the award, Shri Nitin Gadkari, Hon’ble Minister of Road Transport and Highways of India, said, “Congratulations to Maruti Suzuki for achieving 5-star Bharat NCAP&nbsp;in both adult and child occupant protection for their e Vitara. I am especially glad&nbsp;that <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/maruti-suzuki/">Maruti Suzuki </a>has shown real leadership in providing 7 airbags as standard across all variants of the e Vitara.'</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/maruti-suzuki-dzire-gets-5-star-crash-test-safety-rating-from-bharat-ncap-watch-video-120985/">Maruti Suzuki Dzire Gets 5-star Crash Test Safety Rating from Bharat NCAP: Watch Video</a></p><p>Elaborating on the occasion, Hisashi Takeuchi, Managing Director &amp; CEO, Maruti Suzuki India Limited, said, 'The 5-star Bharat NCAP rating for e Vitara, our first Battery Electric Vehicle, is a moment of immense pride for all of us at Maruti Suzuki. Using the Bharat&nbsp;NCAP 5-star rating, we will export the e Vitara to more than 100 countries of the world.&nbsp;Bharat NCAP’s globally benchmarked stringent vehicle test protocols have been a catalyst in empowering customers&nbsp;to make informed decisions. I thank the Hon’ble Minister Mr. Gadkari, the officials&nbsp;in his Ministry, and test agencies for their rigorous efforts and commitment in shaping&nbsp;India’s journey towards safe mobility.</p><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Maruti-Suzuki-e-Vitara-Bharat-NCAP-Crash-Test-(1)-1764690720090.webp" alt="Maruti Suzuki e Vitara Bharat NCAP Crash Test (1).jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>Here’s a comprehensive breakdown&nbsp;of the Bharat NCAP crash test results.</p><h2><strong>Maruti Suzuki e Vitara:&nbsp;Adult Occupant Protection (AOP) Rating Explained</strong></h2><p>Maruti Suzuki’s first EV obtained 15.49 points out of 16 in the frontal offset deformable barrier test and a full 16 out of 16 in the side deformable&nbsp;barrier test. When it was subjected to the frontal crash test at a speed of 64km/h,&nbsp;the electric SUV demonstrated ‘good’ protection for the driver's and passenger’s head, neck, thighs, and pelvis. The driver’s chest protection was deemed ‘adequate’, whereas the&nbsp;passenger’s was rated ‘good’. Both of the driver’s tibias were rated ‘adequate’,&nbsp;while the co-driver’s tibia protection was assessed as ‘good’.</p><iframe width="400" height="345" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/HWg9aRju5PM" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen=""></iframe><p><br></p><p>Additionally, the driver’s&nbsp;feet were also well protected, earning a ‘good’ rating. During the 50km/h&nbsp;side impact test, the e-Vitara offered ‘good’ protection to all body areas&nbsp;of the driver. The side pole test also confirmed the same level of protection throughout.</p><h2><strong>Maruti Suzuki e Vitara:&nbsp;Child Occupant Protection (COP) Rating Explained</strong></h2><p>The e Vitara scored 43 out of 49 points overall in the COP category. It achieved a perfect dynamic score of 24 out of 24 points and 12&nbsp;out of 12 points for child restraint system (CRS) installation. In the vehicle assessment,&nbsp;the SUV scored 7 out of 13 points.</p>
    <p>Both the 18-month-old and 3-year-old test dummies received full protection scores,&nbsp;demonstrating the SUV’s strong child safety credentials.</p><h2><strong>Maruti Suzuki e Vitara: Safety Features</strong></h2><p>The Maruti Suzuki e Vitara has a robust body structure with over 60% ultra-high and high-tensile steel, complemented&nbsp;by an advanced battery protection system with an energy-absorbing mounting design.&nbsp;It comes equipped with Level 2 ADAS, including Automatic Emergency Braking,&nbsp;Lane Keep Assist, Adaptive Cruise Control, and Blind Spot Monitoring.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/maruti-suzuki-victoris-secures-5-star-crash-test-safety-rating-from-bharat-ncap-121667/">Maruti Suzuki Victoris Secures 5-star Crash Test Safety Rating from Bharat NCAP</a></p><p>Other safety features include&nbsp;ABS with EBD, Multi-Collision Braking,&nbsp;seven airbags, a 360-degree camera,&nbsp;front and rear parking sensors,&nbsp;ISOFIX child seat anchorages, and&nbsp;Electronic Stability Program (ESP).&nbsp;</p>

Maruti Suzuki e Vitara Gets 5-Star Safety Rating in Bharat NCAP

The Maruti Suzuki e Vitara has earned a 5-star safety rating in the Bharat NCAP crash tests. It is the brand’s first-ever EV and the fourth model overall to achieve this top rating. 

<p><strong>-Current BYD Sealion 7 prices are valid only until December 31, 2025.<br>-Quantum of the upcoming price hike remains undisclosed.<br>-More than 2,000 units of the Sealion 7 have been sold in India since its launch.</strong></p><p>BYD has announced that it will increase the prices&nbsp;of the Sealion 7 in India, nine months&nbsp;after the SUV’s launch in the country. While the exact quantum of the&nbsp;hike has not been disclosed, the revised prices will come into effect on January 1,&nbsp;2026. Until then, buyers placing orders on or before December 31,&nbsp;2025, will continue to be eligible for the current ex-showroom prices,&nbsp;which are Rs 48.90 lakh for the Premium variant and Rs 54.90 lakh for the Performance variant.</p><h2><strong>BYD Sealion 7: Battery, Range</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/04/1744787959932-qb06-BYD-Sealion-7-Rear-Three-Quarter.webp" alt="BYD Sealion 7-Rear-Three-Quarter.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/byd/">BYD</a> Sealion 7 is available in RWD and AWD versions, both equipped with an 82.6kWh battery. The Premium RWD model offers a maximum power of 308bhp and a peak torque of 380Nm, with a range of 567 kilometers. Meanwhile, the Performance AWD version increases power and torque to 523bhp and 690Nm, respectively. However, its range is slightly shorter at 542 kilometres.&nbsp;</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/track-test/byd-sealion-7-at-autox-awards-best-cars-of-2025-ranked-122181/">BYD Sealion 7 at autoX Awards: Best Cars of 2025 Ranked</a></p><p>The e-SUV sprints from 0–100 km/h in 4.5 seconds,&nbsp;and has a top speed of 215 km/h.</p><h2><strong>BYD Sealion 7: Features</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/04/1744787858089-tpwk-BYD-Sealion-7-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation.webp" alt="BYD Sealion 7-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/byd/sealion-7/">Sealion 7</a> from BYD comes with a wide spectrum of comfort and convenience features. Among them, the most notable is a 15.6-inch rotating&nbsp;touchscreen, seamlessly integrating Apple CarPlay, Android Auto, and controls for a range of vehicle functions. Other amenities include a head-up display,&nbsp;ambient lighting, an electrically adjustable driver’s seat&nbsp;with memory, ventilated front seats, a 12-speaker sound system,&nbsp;and a panoramic glass roof.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/byd-sealion-7-gets-5-star-safety-rating-from-euro-ncap-watch-video-120374/">BYD Sealion 7 Gets 5-star Safety Rating from Euro NCAP: Watch Video</a></p><p>For added convenience, the SUV offers&nbsp;a wireless phone charger and vehicle-to-load (V2L) capability. It includes front and rear parking sensors, ISOFIX child seat mounts, 11 airbags, a 360-degree camera system, and an advanced ADAS suite, featuring lane departure assist, forward collision warning, and blind spot detection for safety.</p><h2><strong>BYD Sealion 7: Rivals</strong></h2><p>The electric SUV from BYD locks horns with some of the popular EVs in the segment, including the<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/tesla/model-y/"> Tesla Model Y</a>, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/hyundai/ioniq-5/">Hyundai Ioniq 5</a>, Volvo EC40, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/kia/ev6/">Kia EV6</a>, and&nbsp;<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/bmw/-ix1-lwb/">BMW iX1 LWB</a>.&nbsp;</p>

BYD Sealion 7 Prices To Be Increased in India From January 1

The BYD Sealion 7 is available in RWD and AWD versions, both equipped with an 82.6kWh battery. It has two variants: Premium and Performance

<p><strong>-The next-generation Kia Seltos is set to be unveiled on December 10.<br>-It is likely to feature a panoramic sunroof, rear LED light bar, retractable door handles, and LED welcome animation.<br>-Same Powertrain options: 1.5-litre NA petrol (113bhp/144Nm), 1.5-litre turbo petrol (158bhp/253Nm), and 1.5-litre diesel (114.4bhp/250Nm).</strong></p>
<p>Kia has kicked off December with a small glimpse of the next-generation Seltos, set to debut next week. While the teaser video keeps most details under wraps, it offers a hint of a new design language for the midsize SUV, in line with Kia’s global styling standards. The SUV seems to have a wide, chrome-accented ‘Tiger Nose’ grille, with the signature <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/kia/">Kia</a> badge positioned prominently above it. The DRLs are sleek and vertically positioned, while the headlights are cleverly integrated at the&nbsp;grille’s edges, featuring striking C-shaped and horizontal LED patterns. </p><p>Other highlights include LED welcome animations&nbsp;for both the DRLs and headlights, and a panoramic sunroof. Price-wise, the all-new Seltos is likely to fetch a considerable premium over the existing model, which is currently priced between&nbsp;Rs 10.79 lakh and Rs 19.81 lakh (both, ex-showroom).&nbsp;</p>
<p>Here’s everything you need to know about what to expect from the revamped Seltos in India.</p>
<blockquote class="instagram-media" data-instgrm-captioned="" data-instgrm-permalink="https://www.instagram.com/reel/DRtSVeKkvtF/?utm_source=ig_embed&amp;utm_campaign=loading" data-instgrm-version="14" style=" background:#FFF; border:0; border-radius:3px; box-shadow:0 0 1px 0 rgba(0,0,0,0.5),0 1px 10px 0 rgba(0,0,0,0.15); margin: 1px; max-width:540px; min-width:326px; padding:0; width:99.375%; width:-webkit-calc(100% - 2px); width:calc(100% - 2px);">
    <div style="padding:16px;"> <a href="https://www.instagram.com/reel/DRtSVeKkvtF/?utm_source=ig_embed&amp;utm_campaign=loading" style=" background:#FFFFFF; line-height:0; padding:0 0; text-align:center; text-decoration:none; width:100%;" target="_blank">
            <div style=" display: flex; flex-direction: row; align-items: center;">
                <div style="background-color: #F4F4F4; border-radius: 50%; flex-grow: 0; height: 40px; margin-right: 14px; width: 40px;"><br></div>
                <div style="display: flex; flex-direction: column; flex-grow: 1; justify-content: center;">
                    <div style=" background-color: #F4F4F4; border-radius: 4px; flex-grow: 0; height: 14px; margin-bottom: 6px; width: 100px;"><br></div>
                    <div style=" background-color: #F4F4F4; border-radius: 4px; flex-grow: 0; height: 14px; width: 60px;"><br></div>
                <br></div>
            <br></div>
            <div style="padding: 19% 0;"><br></div>
            <div style="display:block; height:50px; margin:0 auto 12px; width:50px;"><svg width="50px" height="50px" viewBox="0 0 60 60" version="1.1" xmlns="https://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="https://www.w3.org/1999/xlink">
                    <g stroke="none" stroke-width="1" fill="none" fill-rule="evenodd">
                        <g transform="translate(-511.000000, -20.000000)" fill="#000000">
                            <g>
                                <path d="M556.869,30.41 C554.814,30.41 553.148,32.076 553.148,34.131 C553.148,36.186 554.814,37.852 556.869,37.852 C558.924,37.852 560.59,36.186 560.59,34.131 C560.59,32.076 558.924,30.41 556.869,30.41 M541,60.657 C535.114,60.657 530.342,55.887 530.342,50 C530.342,44.114 535.114,39.342 541,39.342 C546.887,39.342 551.658,44.114 551.658,50 C551.658,55.887 546.887,60.657 541,60.657 M541,33.886 C532.1,33.886 524.886,41.1 524.886,50 C524.886,58.899 532.1,66.113 541,66.113 C549.9,66.113 557.115,58.899 557.115,50 C557.115,41.1 549.9,33.886 541,33.886 M565.378,62.101 C565.244,65.022 564.756,66.606 564.346,67.663 C563.803,69.06 563.154,70.057 562.106,71.106 C561.058,72.155 560.06,72.803 558.662,73.347 C557.607,73.757 556.021,74.244 553.102,74.378 C549.944,74.521 548.997,74.552 541,74.552 C533.003,74.552 532.056,74.521 528.898,74.378 C525.979,74.244 524.393,73.757 523.338,73.347 C521.94,72.803 520.942,72.155 519.894,71.106 C518.846,70.057 518.197,69.06 517.654,67.663 C517.244,66.606 516.755,65.022 516.623,62.101 C516.479,58.943 516.448,57.996 516.448,50 C516.448,42.003 516.479,41.056 516.623,37.899 C516.755,34.978 517.244,33.391 517.654,32.338 C518.197,30.938 518.846,29.942 519.894,28.894 C520.942,27.846 521.94,27.196 523.338,26.654 C524.393,26.244 525.979,25.756 528.898,25.623 C532.057,25.479 533.004,25.448 541,25.448 C548.997,25.448 549.943,25.479 553.102,25.623 C556.021,25.756 557.607,26.244 558.662,26.654 C560.06,27.196 561.058,27.846 562.106,28.894 C563.154,29.942 563.803,30.938 564.346,32.338 C564.756,33.391 565.244,34.978 565.378,37.899 C565.522,41.056 565.552,42.003 565.552,50 C565.552,57.996 565.522,58.943 565.378,62.101 M570.82,37.631 C570.674,34.438 570.167,32.258 569.425,30.349 C568.659,28.377 567.633,26.702 565.965,25.035 C564.297,23.368 562.623,22.342 560.652,21.575 C558.743,20.834 556.562,20.326 553.369,20.18 C550.169,20.033 549.148,20 541,20 C532.853,20 531.831,20.033 528.631,20.18 C525.438,20.326 523.257,20.834 521.349,21.575 C519.376,22.342 517.703,23.368 516.035,25.035 C514.368,26.702 513.342,28.377 512.574,30.349 C511.834,32.258 511.326,34.438 511.181,37.631 C511.035,40.831 511,41.851 511,50 C511,58.147 511.035,59.17 511.181,62.369 C511.326,65.562 511.834,67.743 512.574,69.651 C513.342,71.625 514.368,73.296 516.035,74.965 C517.703,76.634 519.376,77.658 521.349,78.425 C523.257,79.167 525.438,79.673 528.631,79.82 C531.831,79.965 532.853,80.001 541,80.001 C549.148,80.001 550.169,79.965 553.369,79.82 C556.562,79.673 558.743,79.167 560.652,78.425 C562.623,77.658 564.297,76.634 565.965,74.965 C567.633,73.296 568.659,71.625 569.425,69.651 C570.167,67.743 570.674,65.562 570.82,62.369 C570.966,59.17 571,58.147 571,50 C571,41.851 570.966,40.831 570.82,37.631"></path>
                            </g>
                        </g>
                    </g>
                </svg></div>
            <div style="padding-top: 8px;">
                <div style="color: rgb(56, 151, 240); font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-weight: 550; line-height: 18px; font-size: 14px;">View this post on Instagram</div>
            </div>
            <div style="padding: 12.5% 0;"><br></div>
            <div style="display: flex; flex-direction: row; margin-bottom: 14px; align-items: center;">
                <div>
                    <div style="background-color: #F4F4F4; border-radius: 50%; height: 12.5px; width: 12.5px; transform: translateX(0px) translateY(7px);"><br></div>
                    <div style="background-color: #F4F4F4; height: 12.5px; transform: rotate(-45deg) translateX(3px) translateY(1px); width: 12.5px; flex-grow: 0; margin-right: 14px; margin-left: 2px;"><br></div>
                    <div style="background-color: #F4F4F4; border-radius: 50%; height: 12.5px; width: 12.5px; transform: translateX(9px) translateY(-18px);"><br></div>
                <br></div>
                <div style="margin-left: 8px;">
                    <div style=" background-color: #F4F4F4; border-radius: 50%; flex-grow: 0; height: 20px; width: 20px;"><br></div>
                    <div style=" width: 0; height: 0; border-top: 2px solid transparent; border-left: 6px solid #f4f4f4; border-bottom: 2px solid transparent; transform: translateX(16px) translateY(-4px) rotate(30deg)"><br></div>
                <br></div>
                <div style="margin-left: auto;">
                    <div style=" width: 0px; border-top: 8px solid #F4F4F4; border-right: 8px solid transparent; transform: translateY(16px);"><br></div>
                    <div style=" background-color: #F4F4F4; flex-grow: 0; height: 12px; width: 16px; transform: translateY(-4px);"><br></div>
                    <div style=" width: 0; height: 0; border-top: 8px solid #F4F4F4; border-left: 8px solid transparent; transform: translateY(-4px) translateX(8px);"><br></div>
                <br></div>
            <br></div>
            <div style="display: flex; flex-direction: column; flex-grow: 1; justify-content: center; margin-bottom: 24px;">
                <div style=" background-color: #F4F4F4; border-radius: 4px; flex-grow: 0; height: 14px; margin-bottom: 6px; width: 224px;"><br></div>
                <div style=" background-color: #F4F4F4; border-radius: 4px; flex-grow: 0; height: 14px; width: 144px;"><br></div>
            <br></div>
        </a>
        <p style="color: rgb(201, 200, 205); font-family: Arial, sans-serif; line-height: 17px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-top: 8px; overflow: hidden; padding: 8px 0px 7px; text-align: center; text-overflow: ellipsis; white-space: nowrap; font-size: 14px;"><a href="https://www.instagram.com/reel/DRtSVeKkvtF/?utm_source=ig_embed&amp;utm_campaign=loading" style="color: rgb(201, 200, 205); font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-weight: normal; line-height: 17px; text-decoration: none; font-size: 14px;" target="_blank">A post shared by Kia India (@kiaind)</a></p>
    </div>
</blockquote>
<br>
<h2><strong>New Kia Seltos: What to Expect?</strong></h2>
<p>The next-gen <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/kia/seltos/">Kia Seltos </a>has been spotted testing across global and Indian markets on several occasions, revealing notable upgrades for both the exterior and interior.&nbsp;These include a redesigned grille, larger rear quarter glass, squarish LED headlight clusters,&nbsp;new alloy wheels, retractable door handles, angled turn indicators, C-shaped LED taillights, and a horizontal tailgate accent hinting at a possible central light strip.</p>
<p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/next-gen-kia-seltos-global-debut-on-december-10-heres-what-you-can-expect-122242/">Next-gen Kia Seltos Global Debut on December 10; Here's What You Can Expect</a></p>
<p>Inside, the updated Seltos is expected to have a minimalist design inspired by the Syros and the EV9. It could feature a high-tech triple-screen layout,&nbsp;comprising two 12.3-inch screens and a 5-inch touchscreen for climate control. Though there&nbsp;is no confirmation, Kia may offer electrically adjustable front seats with cooling, dual-zone&nbsp;climate control with rear AC vents, and a wireless phone charger with the new Seltos.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/New-Kia-Seltos-Teaser-1764574875609.webp" alt="New Kia Seltos Teaser.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p>
<p>Additionally, the all-new Seltos SUV is likely to include a 360-degree camera, a tyre pressure monitoring system, Level-2 ADAS&nbsp;with electronic parking brake with auto-hold, adaptive cruise control, forward collision warning, and lane-keep assist.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/New-Kia-Seltos-Rear-Teaser-1764574897662.webp" alt="New Kia Seltos Rear Teaser.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p>
<p>The India-spec second-generation Seltos is expected to retain the same powertrain options as the current model, including a 1.5-litre naturally aspirated petrol&nbsp;engine with 113bhp and 144Nm, a 1.5-litre turbo-petrol delivering 158bhp and 253Nm, and a 1.5-litre diesel generating 114.4bhp and 250Nm.</p>
<p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mahindra-xev-9s-vs-kia-carens-clavis-ev-specs-range-features-and-price-compared-122314/">Mahindra XEV 9S vs Kia Carens Clavis EV: Specs, Range, Features and Price Compared</a></p>
<p>Transmission options&nbsp;include a 6-speed manual or CVT for the N/A petrol, a 6-speed iMT or 7-speed&nbsp;DCT for the turbo-petrol, and a 6-speed manual or 6-speed automatic for the diesel, with all variants featuring front-wheel drive.</p>

New Kia Seltos Design Teased Ahead of India Launch on December 10

The all-new Kia Seltos is likely to fetch a considerable premium over the existing model, which is currently priced between Rs 10.79 lakh and Rs 19.81 lakh (both, ex-showroom).

<p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/maruti-suzuki/">Maruti Suzuki </a>will enter India’s EV market with the launch of the e Vitara tomorrow,&nbsp;December 2. The electric SUV made its India debut earlier this year at the Bharat&nbsp;Mobility Auto Expo and is already on sale in Europe. It is developed&nbsp;and manufactured in India at Maruti Suzuki’s Hansalpur facility in Gujarat.&nbsp;</p><p>For the uninitiated, Prime Minister Narendra Modi flagged off the very first unit of the&nbsp;e Vitara in August, marking a notable milestone in the country’s ‘Make in India’&nbsp;initiative. The e Vitara will be exported to over 100 countries,&nbsp;including key markets such as Europe and Japan. It will be offered&nbsp;with two battery options and is said to deliver a range of more than 500 kilometres. </p><h2><strong>Maruti Suzuki e Vitara: Here’s What to Expect</strong></h2><p>Globally, Maruti Suzuki offers the<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/maruti-suzuki/e-vitara/"> e Vitara</a> with a choice of two battery packs: 49kWh and 61kWh. The front-wheel-drive variants produce 142bhp and 192.5Nm with the 49kWh battery,&nbsp;while the larger 61kWh pack increases output to 172bhp without altering torque.&nbsp;The SUV is also offered in an all-wheel-drive configuration featuring a dual-motor&nbsp;setup that delivers a combined 181bhp and 300Nm. The 61kWh version can accelerate&nbsp;from 0–100km/h in about 8.9 seconds and reaches a top speed of 150km/h. </p><p>In terms of range,&nbsp;the WLTP-certified figures are 344km for the 49kWh FWD model, 428km for the 61kWh FWD variant,&nbsp;and 394km for the AWD version. Reportedly, Maruti Suzuki will initially roll&nbsp;out the e Vitara in its front-wheel-drive configurations for the Indian market.&nbsp;The more capable all-wheel-drive variants are expected to join&nbsp;the lineup later as the model range gradually expands.</p><iframe width="400" height="345" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/nfZVTyTEuC4" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen=""></iframe><p><br></p><p>In terms of design, the upcoming e Vitara draws inspiration from the eVX concept showcased at the Auto Expo 2023. The front is striking, and it has sharp-looking headlamps with Y-shaped DRLs, a rugged blacked-out bumper, and subtle silver skid plates. On the side, the SUV features muscular body cladding,&nbsp;alloy wheels, and cleverly integrated rear door handles in the C-pillar.&nbsp;The rear completes the overall look with LED taillights,&nbsp;a shark-fin antenna, and a roof-mounted spoiler.</p><p>
      <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Suzuki-e-Vitara-1764565391645.webp" alt="Suzuki e Vitara.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
    <p>Maruti Suzuki’s first-ever EV boasts a dual-tone black and tan cabin with a clean, minimalist dashboard and dual screens.&nbsp;On the global model, the carmaker offers a range of features,&nbsp;including a 10.1-inch infotainment touchscreen,&nbsp;keyless entry and start, a 10.25-inch digital instrument cluster,&nbsp;a 10-way power-adjustable driver’s seat, four speakers,&nbsp;ventilated front seats, and ambient lighting.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/suzuki-e-vitara-launched-in-uk-priced-equivalent-to-rs-35-lakh-121024/">Suzuki e Vitara Launched in UK; Priced Equivalent to Rs 35 Lakh</a></p><p>For safety, the e-SUV comes equipped with Level-2 ADAS, seven airbags, all-disc brakes, front and rear parking sensors,&nbsp;ABS with EBD, electronic stability control, and an&nbsp;electronic parking brake with auto-hold. Most of&nbsp;these features are expected to make their&nbsp;way to the India-spec model, though availability&nbsp;may vary across variants.</p>

Maruti Suzuki e Vitara India Launch Tomorrow, Here's What to Expect

Maruti Suzuki will launch its first-ever electric car, the e Vitara, in India tomorrow. The electric SUV is likely to have a starting price of Rs 20 lakh (ex-showroom).

<p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/xev-9s/">Mahindra XEV 9S</a>&nbsp;has entered India’s EV segment, with prices ranging from&nbsp;Rs 19.95 lakh to Rs 29.45 lakh (ex-showroom). While the three-row e-SUV doesn’t have a direct competitor, it can serve as a strong alternative to Kia’s popular MPV, the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/kia/clavis/">Carens Clavis</a>. </p><p>Not only does&nbsp;the XEV 9S offer three rows of seating, but it also comes with multiple powerful&nbsp;battery options and long range, which makes it an enticing option for buyers seeking&nbsp;a perfect combination of practicality and performance. We compare the Mahindra XEV 9S&nbsp;and the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/kia/carens-clavis-ev/">Carens Clavis EV</a> to determine which stands out in power, features, and affordability.</p><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Kia-Carens-Clavis-EV-1762950356277.webp" alt="Kia Carens Clavis EV.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
    <h2><strong>Mahindra XEV 9S vs Kia Carens Clavis EV: Price</strong></h2><p>The Mahindra XEV 9S starts at Rs 19.95 lakh, around Rs 1.96 lakh more than the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/kia/">Kia</a> Carens Clavis&nbsp;EV’s Rs 17.99 lakh. At the top end, it reaches Rs 29.45 lakh, roughly Rs 5 lakh above the Carens Clavis EV’s Rs 24.49 lakh top-spec model.</p><h2><strong>Mahindra XEV 9S vs Kia Carens Clavis EV: Battery, Range, Charging</strong></h2><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Mahindra-XEV-9S-side-1764232644403.webp" alt="Mahindra XEV 9S side.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
    <p>The Mahindra XEV 9S outshines the Kia Carens Clavis EV with more power, longer range, and faster charging.&nbsp;It comes with three battery options: 59kWh (228bhp),&nbsp;70kWh (242bhp), and 79kWh (282bhp). All of them offer rear-wheel drive. While the power outputs are different, these battery packs generate the same torque output of 380Nm.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mahindra-xev-9s-variants-explained-features-specs-and-price-breakdown-122307/">Mahindra XEV 9S Variants Explained: Features, Specs and Price Breakdown</a></p><p>On the other hand, the Kia Carens Clavis EV offers only two battery options:&nbsp;42kWh (133bhp) and 51.4kWh (169bhp). The torque value is the same for both versions at 255Nm.&nbsp;The Carens Clavis EV uses a front‑wheel‑drive layout.</p><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/08/Kia-Carens-Clavis-EV-HTX-+-ER-Rear-Three-Quarter-1755510390241.webp" alt="Kia Carens Clavis EV HTX + ER-Rear-Three-Quarter.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
    <p>While the XEV 9S clearly leads in power, it also outperforms the Carens Clavis EV in range. Its largest 79kWh battery claims&nbsp;679 kilometres, compared to the Carens’ maximum of 490 kilometres.&nbsp;As for the charging, the XEV 9S can go from 20% to 80% in 20 minutes with a 180 kW DC charger. Meanwhile, the Carens Clavis EV takes 39 minutes to charge from 10% to 80% using a 100 kW DC charger.&nbsp;</p><p>The Mahindra SUV can reach 0–100km/h in 7 seconds, compared to the Kia Carens Clavis EV, which takes around 8.4 seconds.</p><h2><strong>Mahindra XEV 9S vs Kia Carens Clavis EV: Dimensions</strong></h2><p>The Mahindra XEV 9S offers a more SUV‑oriented  and spacious footprint compared to the Kia Carens Clavis EV. At&nbsp;4,737mm long and 1,900mm wide, the XEV 9S is slightly longer and wider than the Carens, which measures 4,550mm in length and 1,800mm in width. Both have a seven‑seat layout, but the XEV 9S also boasts a bit higher ground clearance of 201mm versus&nbsp;the Carens’ 200mm.&nbsp;That said, the XEV 9S has a shorter wheelbase at 2762mm, compared to the Kia MPV, which is slightly longer at 2780mm.</p><table style="border-collapse:collapse;width: 100%;"><tbody>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Dimensions</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Mahindra XEV 9S</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Kia Carens Clavis EV</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Difference</strong></td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Length</strong><br></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">4.737mm</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">4,550mm</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">+187mm</td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Width&nbsp;</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">1,900mm</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">1,800</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">+100mm</td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Height</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">1,747mm</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">1,730mm</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">+17mm</td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Wheelbase</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">2,762mm</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">2,780mm</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">-18mm</td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Ground Clearance</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">201mm</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">200mm</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">+1mm</td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Wheels (inches)</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">18</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">16/17</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><br></td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Frunk</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">150 litres</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">25 litres</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">+125 litres</td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Boot/Cargo</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">up to 527 litres<br></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">216 litres</td>
	<td style="width: 25%;">+311 litres<br></td></tr>
</tbody></table><p>The XEV 9S comes with 18‑inch wheels, a 150‑litre frunk, and up to 527‑litre boot. In contrast, the Carens Clavis EV offers 16‑ or 17‑inch wheel size options, a 25‑litre frunk, and a cargo space of 216 litres.</p><h2><strong>Mahindra XEV 9S vs Kia Carens Clavis EV: Features</strong></h2><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Mahindra-XEV-9S-Interior-1764558977506.webp" alt="Mahindra XEV 9S Interior.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
    <p>While both EVs come loaded with technology,  the Mahindra XEV 9S positions itself as a step above the Kia&nbsp;Carens Clavis EV with triple 12.3-inch screens, a 16-speaker&nbsp;Harman Kardon setup, AR head-up display, and a lounge desk. It also comes with up to seven airbags, and Level 2+ ADAS with up to&nbsp;five radars, compared to the Carens’ six airbags and Level 2 system.&nbsp;</p><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/08/Kia-Carens-Clavis-EV-HTX-+-ER-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation-1755510420369.webp" alt="Kia Carens Clavis EV HTX + ER-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
    <p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mahindra-xev-9s-launched-in-india-at-rs-1995-lakh-122302/">Mahindra XEV 9S Launched in India at Rs 19.95 Lakh</a></p><p>The Kia Carens Clavis EV is well-equipped with dual 12.25-inch screens, an 8-speaker BOSE system, and&nbsp;paddle shifters for regen braking.&nbsp;</p>

Mahindra XEV 9S vs Kia Carens Clavis EV: Specs, Range, Features and Price Compared

We compare the Mahindra XEV 9S and the Kia Carens Clavis EV to determine which stands out in power, features, and affordability.

<p>The Mahindra BE 6 has undergone another exciting makeover with a new Formula E–inspired special edition. The new version&nbsp;is developed to honour Mahindra’s long-standing presence in the all-electric championship.&nbsp;It retains the core design, but adds certain theme-specific styling changes.&nbsp;Notably, Formula E Edition isn’t the BE 6’s first exclusive variant. </p><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/">Mahindra </a>rolled&nbsp;out the Batman Edition in August this year, which witnessed extraordinary demand (production was&nbsp;scaled up from 300 to 999 units, all of which sold out within minutes of bookings opening).&nbsp;While the two models originate from the same Born Electric SUV platform, they cater&nbsp;to a different set of buyers with unique styling cues and thematic elements. Here’s a&nbsp;detailed comparison of these two special editions, based on design, features, and prices.</p><h2><strong>Mahindra BE 6 Formula E Edition vs Batman Edition: Design</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Mahindra-BE-6-Formula-E-Edition-1764499521396.webp" alt="Mahindra BE 6 Formula E Edition.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The standard BE 6 already has an aggressive and sporty&nbsp;look, but the new Formula E Edition pushes this stance even further with a motorsport-inspired makeover.&nbsp;The familiar C-shaped LED DRLs have been replaced with slim, edge-positioned DRLs for a sharper front profile. The bumpers are now&nbsp;more rugged, paired with a silver-finished faux bash plate for a tougher appearance. </p><p>Other highlights include circular headlamps,&nbsp;contrasting grey-and-black cladding, puddle lamps on the FE3 variant, exclusive decals, a Formula E–inspired&nbsp;12-stripe graphic, and wheel options ranging from 19 to 20 inches. Mahindra has also updated the rear&nbsp;with revised taillight detailing and a new Formula E badge. The colour palette&nbsp;includes Everest White, Firestorm Orange, Tango Red, and Stealth Black.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mahindra-be-6-formula-e-edition-launched-3-customers-to-get-2026-london-e-prix-tickets-122298/">Mahindra BE 6 Formula E Edition Launched — 3 Customers To Get 2026 London E-Prix Tickets!</a></p><p>In comparison, the Batman Edition gives a completely different personality to the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/be-6/">BE 6</a>, which is dark, bold, and dramatic. Instead of sporty motorsport styling, the BE 6's first special edition follows a Gotham-inspired theme with a full two-tone black finish. The matte black body is contrasted by glossy elements&nbsp;on the bumpers and wheel arches, giving it a sinister, stealth-like appearance. Unique Batman decals on the doors&nbsp;and a Dark Knight badge on the tailgate add to its special-edition identity.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Mahindra-BE-6-Batman-Edition-Side-(1)-1764499561074.webp" alt="Mahindra BE 6 Batman Edition Side (1).jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The Batman Edition rides on 20-inch&nbsp;dual-tone alloys and has gold-painted brake callipers and springs that provide a striking&nbsp;pop of colour against the otherwise shadowy exterior.</p><h2><strong>Mahindra BE 6 Formula E Edition vs Batman Edition: Interior and Features</strong></h2><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Mahindra-BE-6-Formula-E-Edition-Interior-1764499593037.webp" alt="Mahindra BE 6 Formula E Edition Interior.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The BE 6 Formula E Edition highlights its motorsport-inspired character with Firestorm Orange accents, Formula E badges on the seats and dashboard,&nbsp;and an FIA X Formula E plaque.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Mahindra-BE-6-Batman-Edition-Interior-(1)-1764499612702.webp" alt="Mahindra BE 6 Batman Edition Interior (1).jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>In contrast, the Batman Edition features&nbsp;a black-and-gold cabin that thoughtfully uses Bat symbols to evoke a sense of&nbsp;stealth and sophistication. Despite their distinct themes, both versions&nbsp;keep the same overall layout and offer the full equipment list of the Pack&nbsp;Three variant, including the dual 12.3-inch displays.</p><h2><strong>Mahindra BE 6 Formula E Edition vs Batman Edition: Powertrain </strong></h2><p>Both special editions stick to the same mechanical setup as the top-spec BE 6, drawing power from the larger 79kWh battery pack. A single motor drives&nbsp;the rear wheels with 282bhp and 380Nm on tap. With this configuration,&nbsp;the SUVs maintain the BE 6’s claimed 682-kilometre MIDC range.</p><h2><strong>Mahindra BE 6 Formula E Edition vs Batman Edition: Price</strong></h2><p>The FE2 and FE3 editions of the BE 6 are more affordable options, priced at Rs 23.69 lakh and Rs 24.49 lakh, respectively. The Batman Edition, on the other hand, is priced higher at Rs 27.79 lakh (ex-showroom)&nbsp;because of its more detailed theme.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mahindra-xev-9s-launched-in-india-at-rs-1995-lakh-122302/">Mahindra XEV 9S Launched in India at Rs 19.95 Lakh</a></p><p>The Formula E-inspired BE 6 is an ideal choice for buyers who want a unique look without spending much more,&nbsp;while the Batman Edition is the preferred option for those who&nbsp;prefer added exclusivity and extra design flair.</p>

Mahindra BE 6 Formula E Edition vs Batman Edition: Design, Features & Price Compared

Here's how the newly launched Mahindra Formula E Edition stacks up against the Batman Edition of the BE 6 electric SUV across multiple factors. 

<p>BMW has confirmed that the production of the Z4 will end in March 2026. Instead of letting&nbsp;its beloved roadster discontinue silently, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/bmw/">BMW</a> is honouring its legacy with&nbsp;a limited-run Final Edition. The special edition, featuring several exterior and interior upgrades, will be available for order in late January 2026.&nbsp;While its launch in India has not yet been confirmed,&nbsp;the standard Z4 will&nbsp;continue to be offered here in two variants: the <a href="https://www.autox.com/reviews/car-reviews/2019-bmw-z4-m40i-review-first-drive-106088/">M40i</a> and the Pure Impulse Edition.&nbsp;</p><p>The M40i is priced at Rs 87.90 lakh, while the Pure Impulse Edition, equipped with a&nbsp;six-speed manual gearbox, carries a price tag of Rs 92.60 lakh. Both are ex-showroom figures. For now, BMW hasn't announced an&nbsp;immediate successor to the Z4. Here's how the<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/bmw/z4/"> BMW Z4</a> Final Edition stands out as a fitting&nbsp;farewell for the roadster.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/BMW-Z4-Final-Edition-Rear-1764316928793.webp" alt="BMW Z4 Final Edition Rear.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><h2><strong>BMW Z4 Final Edition: What's Different?</strong></h2><p>While the overall shape remains familiar, the Final Edition gets subtle design tweaks that help it standout. The most eye-catching feature is the exclusive&nbsp;Frozen Matt Black paint, accentuated by the M High-gloss Shadowline trim, though buyers can still&nbsp;choose from the standard palette of BMW Z4 colours at no extra cost. To enhance the sporty appeal, the M Sport brakes come finished in High-gloss Red on the Final Edition.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mg-cyberster-vs-bmw-z4-spec-comparison-whats-different-121346/">MG Cyberster vs BMW Z4 Spec Comparison: What's Different?</a></p><p>The standard layout remains, but the cabin now exudes a more performance-focused vibe, with red contrast stitching across the dashboard, center console, doors, and M Sport seats finished in Vernasca leather or Alcantara.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/BMW-Z4-Final-Edition-Interior-1764316948869.webp" alt="BMW Z4 Final Edition Interior.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>The M Alcantara steering wheel, adorned with matching red seams, further adds to the car’s sportiness, while engraved door&nbsp;sill plates complete the look.</p><h2><strong>BMW Z4 Final Edition: Powertrain</strong></h2><p>The Final Edition is offered across the BMW Z4 lineup, including sDrive20i, sDrive30i, and the range-topping M40i. Globally, the sDrive20i packs a 2.0-litre 4-cylinder turbo-petrol unit that produces 194bhp and 320Nm. Meanwhile, the sDrive30i also has the same engine, but it is tuned to deliver 254bhp and 400Nm.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/reviews/car-reviews/bmw-z4-vs-m340i-comparison-review---naughty-40ies-119756/">BMW Z4 vs M340i Comparison Review - Naughty 40ies</a></p><p>The top-spec M40i boasts a 3.0-litre inline-six turbocharged engine that generates 335bhp and 500Nm. All variants come with an 8-speed automatic transmission, with the M40i additionally offering a 6-speed manual.</p>

BMW Bids Farewell to the Z4 With All-Black Final Edition

BMW has yet to announce how many Z4 Final Edition units will be produced, but it has confirmed that orders will open for a limited period by the end of January 2026.

<p>Honda’s third-generation <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/honda/amaze/">Amaze</a> has recorded a 5-star rating for adult occupant protection and a 4-star rating for child occupant protection in the Bharat NCAP crash tests, strengthening its position in the compact sedan segment. The sedan secured 28.33 out of 32 points for adult safety and 40.81 out of 49 for child safety after being tested under frontal offset and side impact conditions. </p><p>These tests included detailed assessments of vehicle structure, restraint systems, and impact performance. The Amaze achieved 14.33 out of 16 in the frontal offset test and 14 out of 16 in the side impact evaluation, leading to a combined dynamic score of 23.81 out of 24.</p>
<p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/reviews/car-reviews/new-honda-amaze-first-drive-review-next-gen-or-facelift-119322/">New Honda Amaze First Drive Review: Next-Gen or Facelift?</a></p>
<p>The crash test results show stable body integrity, with both adult dummies registering protection levels ranging from good to adequate in areas such as the chest, knees, and feet. </p>
<p><iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/WKfF5ezssRc?si=EukxFR06KR2X4A41" title="YouTube video player" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></p><p>The footwell structure held its shape during the impact, supporting the overall score. The use of updated materials and changes made to the third-generation body structure have played a role in the Amaze’s performance across key test parameters.</p>

<p>

    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/New-Honda-Amaze-Bharat-NCAP-Front-Crash-Test-1764316538781.webp" alt="New Honda Amaze Bharat NCAP Front Crash Test.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
</p>
<p>Inside the cabin, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/honda/">Honda</a> has equipped the Amaze with six airbags covering the knee, side chest, and pelvis sections. Standard systems include electronic stability control, ISOFIX mounts for child seats, seatbelt pretensioners with load limiters, and reminders for every occupant. The inclusion of adaptive cruise control, autonomous emergency braking, and lane-keeping assist supports safer everyday driving and helps reduce the impact of driver error in city and highway conditions.</p>
<h2><strong>Honda Amaze: Engine</strong></h2>
<p>The Amaze is powered by a 1.2-litre i-VTEC petrol engine that produces 89bhp at 6,000rpm and 110Nm at 4,800rpm. Buyers can choose between a 5-speed manual gearbox and a 7-speed CVT automatic. The front-wheel-drive layout supports predictable handling in mixed driving conditions and assists with steady power delivery for urban and intercity travel.</p>
<p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/New-Honda-Amaze-Bharat-NCAP-Pole-Crash-Test-1764316644335.webp" alt="New Honda Amaze Bharat NCAP Pole Crash Test.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p>
<p>Compared to the previous model, the new Amaze brings higher safety scores due to the addition of standard ESC and side airbags. The latest version aligns with UN GTR No. 8 and AIS protocols, meeting updated Bharat NCAP requirements. </p>
<p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/reviews/car-reviews/maruti-suzuki-dzire-amt-vs-honda-amaze-cvt-comparison-review-121269/">Maruti Suzuki Dzire AMT vs Honda Amaze CVT Comparison - Automatic Reign</a></p>
<p>With this rating, the Amaze sits alongside models like the Maruti Dzire in the sub-4 metre sedan category, offering customers a safer option backed by domestic crash test results.</p>

Honda Amaze Scores 5-Star Bharat NCAP Crash Test Rating: Watch Video

The new Honda Amaze scores 5-star adult and 4-star child safety ratings in Bharat NCAP tests, with strong frontal and side impact results.

<p>Mahindra has finally launched the much-awaited XEV 9S in India after teasing it for weeks, along with the BE 6 Formula E Edition.&nbsp;The three-row electric SUV starts at Rs 19.95 lakh and is available with three battery options,&nbsp;spread across four variants. <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/">Mahindra </a>will start test drives for the&nbsp;XEV 9S on December 5, followed by bookings on January 14 and deliveries from January 23. So before you pick your ideal model, here’s a comprehensive overview&nbsp;of all the Mahindra XEV 9S variants and what they bring to the table.</p><h2><strong>Mahindra XEV 9S Pack One Above</strong></h2><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/xev-9s/">XEV 9S </a>base variant strikes a good balance between practicality and a striking exterior, featuring Bi-LED headlamps with DRLs and 18-inch wheels with aerodynamic covers. It comes with two battery options: 59kWh and 79kWh. The motor delivers 228bhp with the smaller battery and 282bhp with the larger one, while the torque remains constant at 380Nm. Depending on the version, the claimed range is either 521 kilometers or 679 kilometers. The ex-showroom price starts at Rs 19.95 lakh and goes up to Rs 21.95 lakh.</p><p>-Electric power steering with variable gear ratio<br>-Multiple driving modes with Boost mode<br>-Multi-step regeneration<br>-One-touch single pedal drive<br>-iLink front suspension &amp; 5-link rear suspension<br>-Cruise control<br>-Panoramic skyroof<br>-Illuminated logo<br>-Premium fabric upholstery<br>-R18 wheels with aero covers<br>-Bi-LED headlamps with DRLs<br>-LED taillamps<br>-Premium finish exterior cladding<br>-CapTouch switches on console<br>-triple screens (12.3” x 3)<br>-Qualcomm Snapdragon 8155 chipset<br>-Wireless Android Auto &amp; Apple CarPlay<br>-Pre-installed OTT, social media, news, shopping apps<br>-Superfast 5G connectivity<br>-BYOD in-car experience<br>-Connected features: cabin precooling, scheduled charging, remote commands (Me4U App)<br>-Built-in Amazon Alexa<br>-4 speakers &amp; 2 tweeters<br>-2nd-row sliding seats<br>-60:40 split in 2nd-row seats with multi-step recline<br>-Height-adjustable driver seat &amp; seat belt<br>-Rear wiper &amp; washer<br>-Rear demister<br>-Push button start<br>-frunk (150L) &amp; trunk (up to 527L)<br>-65 W Type-C fast charging ports (front &amp; rear)<br>-One-touch driver power window<br>-Auto headlamps<br>-Rain-sensing smart wipers<br>-FATC with rear AC vents<br>-Tilt &amp; telescopic steering<br>-Cooled console storage<br>-6 airbags<br>-All-wheel disc brakes<br>-Brake-by-wire technology<br>-Electronic brake booster with 46 value-added features<br>-Driver drowsiness detection<br>-Rear parking sensors with HD camera<br>-TPMS with individual tyre pressure display<br>-Electronic parking brake</p><h2><strong>Mahindra XEV 9S Pack Two Above (Additional features over Pack One)</strong></h2><p>Looking for more than basic functionality? If yes, then the Pack Two Above is worth considering. It can be had with either a 70kWh (241bhp) or 79kWh battery pack, with prices ranging from Rs 24.45 lakh to Rs 25.45 lakh.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mahindra-xev-9s-launched-in-india-at-rs-1995-lakh-122302/">Mahindra XEV 9S Launched in India at Rs 19.95 Lakh</a></p><p>-Multi-step regeneration with Auto mode<br>-R18 alloy wheels<br>-Leatherette seat upholstery<br>-Leatherette steering wheel<br>-Soft leatherette-wrapped interior trims<br>-Ventilated 1st-row seats<br>-Auto fold ORVMs<br>-6-way adjustable powered driver seat + 2-way manual lumbar<br>-Auto-dimming IRVM<br>-ORVM auto tilt on reverse<br>-Dual-zone automatic temperature control<br>-BYOD mounting provision on seats<br>-Co-driver ergo lever<br>-Sonic Studio by Mahindra<br>-16-speaker Harman/Kardon audio<br>-Auto defogger for windshield<br>-Dolby Atmos<br>-Wireless charging (front row)<br>-NFC key (phone &amp; key card)<br>-360-degree camera<br>-L2 ADAS (1 radar + 1 vision camera)<br>-Front parking sensors<br>-Blind view monitor</p><h2><strong>Mahindra XEV 9S Pack Three (Additional features over Pack Two Above)</strong></h2><p>The Pack Three variant adds to technology and luxury, and is only available with the 79kWh battery pack. It carries a price tag of Rs 27.35 lakh (ex-showroom).</p><p>-Intelligent adaptive suspension<br>-Sequential turn indicators<br>-Start-up lighting sequence<br>-LED DRLs with centre signature lamp<br>-LightMeUp ambient lighting with 16 million colours (interiors &amp; skyroof)<br>-Dual wireless charging (front &amp; rear)<br>-Advanced air filtration with AQI display<br>-6-way adjustable powered co-driver seat with power boss mode<br>-Ventilated 2nd-row seats<br>-Electrically deployed flush door handles<br>-Passive keyless entry (PKE)<br>-2nd-row snack tray (behind co-driver seat)<br>-Second-row window sunshade<br>-7 airbags (6 + driver knee airbag)<br>-L2+ ADAS (5 radars + 1 vision camera)<br>-Driver-initiated auto lane change<br>-Lane centring &amp; emergency steering assist<br>-Front fog lamps<br>-Cornering lamps<br>-Auto booster lamps<br>-Blind spot detection<br>-Front &amp; rear cross-traffic alert<br>-Acoustic laminated door glass</p><h2><strong>Mahindra XEV 9S Pack Three Above (Additional features over Pack Three)</strong></h2><p>For those who want it all, the top-spec variant comes fully loaded with advanced features. It features the 79 kWh battery pack exclusively&nbsp;and is priced at Rs 29.45 lakh (ex-showroom).</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mahindra-xev-9s-launched-in-india-all-you-need-to-know-about-price-bookings-delivery-122305/">Mahindra XEV 9S Launched in India: All You Need to Know About Price, Bookings &amp; Delivery</a></p><p>-CapTouch switches on steering wheel<br>-Night Trail carpet lamps<br>-Qualcomm 8295 Snapdragon chipset (24 GB RAM &amp; 128 GB storage)<br>-AutoPark Assist<br>-Video calling<br>-Drive video recording<br>-Secure360 – live view &amp; recording<br>-VisionX (ARHUD)<br>-Eyedentity – DOMS</p>

Mahindra XEV 9S Variants Explained: Features, Specs and Price Breakdown

The Mahindra XEV 9S comes in four main variants: Pack One Above, Pack Two Above, Pack Three, and Pack Three Above. These variants are available across three battery options, priced between Rs 19.95 lakh and Rs 29.45 lakh (both, ex-showroom).

<p>Mahindra has expanded its electric portfolio in India,  which already includes the XUV400, BE 6, and XEV 9e, with the launch of the XEV 9S. The new EV is based on the carmaker’s proven INGLO platform, and has a starting price of Rs 19.95 lakh (ex-showroom) for the base-spec Pack One Above variant with the 59kWh battery option. Its design looks striking and is inspired by the XEV 9e, with elements like the illuminated Mahindra logo and L-shaped connected LED DRLs.&nbsp;</p><p>There is also some resemblance to its ICE-powered sibling, the XUV700. The XEV 9S measures 4,737mm in length, 1,900mm in width, and 1,745mm in height. It comes in multiple variants, spread across 59kWh, 70kWh, and 79kWh battery options. If you’re planning to buy the XEV 9S,&nbsp;<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/">Mahindra</a> has already announced key dates for test drives, bookings, and deliveries. Here’s everything you need to know about them.</p><h2><strong>Mahindra XEV 9S: Price</strong></h2><p>Here's a detailed look at the variant-wise prices.&nbsp;</p><table style="border-collapse:collapse;width: 100%;"><tbody>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Variants</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Prices (ex-showroom)</strong></td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Pack One Above with 59kWh Battery<br></strong></td>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Rs 19.95 lakh</strong></td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Pack One Above with 79kWh Battery<br></strong></td>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Rs 21.95 lakh</strong></td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Pack Two Above with 70kWh Battery<br></strong></td>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Rs 24.45 lakh</strong></td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Pack Two Above with 79kWh Battery<br></strong></td>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Rs 25.45 lakh</strong></td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Pack Three with 79kWh Battery<br></strong></td>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Rs 27.35 lakh</strong></td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Pack Three Above with 79kWh Battery<br></strong></td>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Rs 29.45 lakh</strong></td></tr></tbody></table><h2><strong>Mahindra XEV 9S: Test Drives, Bookings, and Delivery Timeline</strong></h2><p>Mahindra has announced that test drives for the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/xev-9s/">XEV 9S</a> will begin on January 5, 2026. Bookings for the SUV will open on January 14, and customers&nbsp;can reserve their vehicle either online or at Mahindra dealerships.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mahindra-xev-9s-launched-in-india-at-rs-1995-lakh-122302/">Mahindra XEV 9S Launched in India at Rs 19.95 Lakh</a></p><p>Deliveries of the three-row electric SUV are scheduled to start from January 23.</p><h2><strong>Mahindra XEV 9S: Battery and Charging</strong></h2><p>The Mahindra XEV 9S is offered with three battery pack options (59kWh, 70kWh, and 79kWh), varying depending on the variant selected. The smaller 59kWh battery produces 228bhp, and enables a claimed MIDC range of 521 kilometres. </p><p>The 70kWh battery delivers 241bhp and a claimed range of 600 kilometres. The larger 79kWh battery generates 282bhp, and offers a claimed range of 679 kilometres. The torque remains the same across all battery packs at 380Nm. The 0-100km/h acceleration time is 7 seconds, while the top speed stands at 202km/h.</p><p>All three battery options of the XEV 9S support fast charging. They can reach 20–80% in only 20 minutes, with capacities ranging from 140 kW to 180 kW.&nbsp;For overnight charging at home, a 7.2 kW charger takes 8.7 to 11.7 hours for a full charge,&nbsp;while a faster 11 kW charger reduces the time to just 6–8 hours.</p><h2><strong>Mahindra XEV 9S: Features</strong></h2><p>The Mahindra XEV 9S comes packed with a wide range of features, with availability depending on the selected variant.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mahindra-be-6-formula-e-edition-launched-3-customers-to-get-2026-london-e-prix-tickets-122298/">Mahindra BE 6 Formula E Edition Launched — 3 Customers To Get 2026 London E-Prix Tickets!</a></p><p>Prominent highlights include a trio of 12.3-inch displays, wireless charging, dual-zone climate control, ambient lighting, and a panoramic sunroof, up to seven airbags, a 360-degree camera with blind view monitor, ESC, TPMS, all-wheel disc brakes, front and rear parking sensors, hill-hold assist, ISOFIX mounts, and Level 2 ADAS.</p>

Mahindra XEV 9S Launched in India: All You Need to Know About Price, Bookings & Delivery

The XEV 9S is based on Mahindra's proven INGLO platform, and has a starting price of Rs 19.95 lakh (ex-showroom) for the base-spec Pack One Above variant with the 59kWh battery option.

<p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/">Mahindra</a> has launched the much-awaited XEV 9S at its ‘Scream Electric’ event in Bengaluru, with prices starting at Rs 19.95 lakh (ex-showroom).&nbsp; The XEV 9S, based on the INGLO platform (also underpins the BE 6 and the XEV 9e),&nbsp;is Mahindra’s first three-row electric SUV. It has a brisk 0–100km/h acceleration time of 7 seconds and a top speed of 202km/h.&nbsp;Design-wise, the XEV 9S makes an immediate impression with its aggressive Born Electric identity. </p><p>The front is highlighted by a seamless LED light bar, while the side looks striking with sculpted, aero-optimised alloy wheels. Other prominent elements include Sharp L-shaped DRLs, a distinctive triangular headlamp arrangement, and LED taillights. The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-cars/mahindra/xev-9s/">XEV 9S </a>comes in multiple variants (Pack One, Pack Two, and Pack Three), covering different battery options. Bookings for the 7-seater XEV 9S will open on January 14, 2026, while customer deliveries are scheduled to begin on January 23.</p><h2><strong>Mahindra XEV 9S: Prices</strong></h2><p>The XEV 9S’s Pack One Above trim is available with either a 59kWh battery, priced at Rs 19.95 lakh, or a 79kWh battery priced starting at Rs 21.95 lakh. The Pack Two Above variant costs Rs 24.45 lakh for the 70kWh option and Rs 25.45 lakh for the 79kWh option. At the top end, the Pack Three trim, offered exclusively with a 79kWh battery, is priced at Rs 27.35 lakh, while the&nbsp;Pack Three Above variant with the same battery is priced at Rs 29.45 lakh. All prices are ex-showroom.</p><h2><strong>Mahindra XEV 9S: Platform, Battery Details</strong></h2><p>The XEV 9S is based on Mahindra's tried-and-tested&nbsp;INGLO platform that&nbsp;features intelligent adaptive dampers paired with an i-Link setup at the front and a 5-link independent system&nbsp;at the rear.&nbsp;It supports an advanced LFP battery that comes with a lifetime warranty and delivers a real-world driving range of up to 500 km.&nbsp;Other highlights include a brake-by-wire system with IEB and a high-power steering unit equipped with Variable Gear Ratio (VGR).</p><p>The XEV 9S is available with different battery options, based on the variant selected. The Pack One Above trim can be had with either a 59kWh or 79kWh battery. As for the charging, the XEV 9S can be charged from 20 to 80% in  20 minutes using a&nbsp;180 kW DC charger for the 79kWh pack and a 140 kW DC charger for the 59kWh variant.&nbsp;</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/mahindra-be-6-formula-e-edition-launched-3-customers-to-get-2026-london-e-prix-tickets-122298/">Mahindra BE 6 Formula E Edition Launched — 3 Customers To Get 2026 London E-Prix Tickets!</a></p><p>The Pack Two Above debuts a 70kWh battery option. It is also available with a larger 79kWh battery.&nbsp;The 70kWh battery pack can be charged from 20% to 80% in 20 minutes using a 160 kW DC charger.  Meanwhile, both the Pack Three and the Pack Three Above versions are offered with solely a 79KWh battery.&nbsp;The XUV 9S produces 228bhp with the 59kWh pack,&nbsp;241bhp with the 70kWh pack, and 282bhp with the 79kWh pack, while torque remains consistent at 380 Nm across all models.</p><p>The 59kWh pack has a claimed MIDC range of 521 kilometres, and an expected real-world range of around 400 kilometres. The 70kWh variant increases the claimed range to 600 kilometres, and an estimated 450 kilometres in real-world conditions. Meanwhile, the 79kWh pack boasts a claimed MIDC range of 679 kilometres, and a real-world range of 500–550 kilometres.</p><h2><strong>Mahindra XEV 9S: Features</strong></h2><p>The electrified XUV 9S is a feature-packed SUV from Mahindra. It boasts triple 12.3-inch screens, wireless Android Auto and Apple CarPlay, built-in Amazon Alexa, and a BYOD in-car experience, along with connected features via the Me4U app, including cabin precooling, scheduled charging, and remote commands. The SUV also includes a 16-speaker Harman/Kardon audio system with Dolby Atmos, NFC key, and dual wireless charging for front and rear. </p><p> It also features  second-row sliding seats featuring a 60:40 split and multi-step recline, a spacious frunk (150 L) and trunk (up to 527 L) with a drain hole and light, one-touch driver power window, auto headlamps, rain-sensing smart wipers, dual-zone automatic climate control, ventilated first-row seats, 6-way powered adjustable driver seat with lumbar support, height-adjustable driver seat and seat belt, rear wiper and demister, push-button start, and powered Boss Mode.&nbsp;</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/motorsport-news/mahindra-to-continue-in-formula-e-as-a-manufacturer-till-2030-gen4-car-unveil-next-season-122297/">Mahindra to continue in Formula E as a Manufacturer till 2030; Gen4 Car Unveil Next Season</a></p><p>As for safety, the Mahindra electric car comes with up to seven airbags (including a driver knee airbag), a 360-degree camera, a blind-view monitor, front parking sensors, and Level 2 ADAS. Do note that the feature availability varies depending on the model selected.</p>

Mahindra XEV 9S Launched in India at Rs 19.95 Lakh

The new Mahindra XEV 9S is offered in seven colour options: Nebula Blue, Stealth Black, Ruby Velvet, Midnight Black, Desert Myst, and Everest White.

<p><strong>-The 2026 Honda CB125R launch in India remains uncertain,&nbsp;largely due to its premium positioning in the segment.<br>-Globally, the bike gets four new colour options.<br>-Engine remains unchanged. </strong></p><p>Honda has updated the CB125R with four new colour options: Matt Rock Gray,&nbsp;Matt Lucent Silver Metallic, Zefiro Blue Metallic, and Matt Pearl Diaspro Red.&nbsp;What makes these colours stand out is the contrasting CB125R branding on the side shrouds,&nbsp;paired with negative-style Wing emblems on the fuel tank. It is to be noted that&nbsp;Honda has only added new colour options, while the engine remains unchanged. </p><p>Although the update adds&nbsp;to Honda’s global entry-level lineup, the bike’s launch in India remains uncertain,&nbsp;largely due to its premium positioning. Premium features such as liquid&nbsp;cooling and Showa USD forks will make the CB125R fall under a higher price bracket,&nbsp;making it unsuitable for India’s price-conscious commuter buyers.</p><h2><strong>2026 Honda CB125R: Engine and Hardware</strong></h2><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/honda/">Honda</a> hasn’t altered the CB125R’s technical package. The bike continues to extract power from a 125cc liquid-cooled single-cylinder engine&nbsp;that produces a maximum power output of 15bhp. Transmission duties are carried out by a five-speed unit.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/track-test/honda-cb-125-hornet-wins-bike-of-the-year---autox-awards-2025-122155/">Honda CB 125 Hornet Wins Bike of the Year - autoX Awards 2025</a></p><p>Up front, the bike features 41mm Showa Separate Function Big Piston (SFF-BP) USD forks, while the rear uses a non-adjustable monoshock. Stopping&nbsp;power comes from a 296mm hubless floating front disc with a&nbsp;radial-mount Nissin four-piston calliper, and a 220mm rear&nbsp;disc with a single-piston calliper. The brakes are&nbsp;supported by two-channel ABS. Other highlights include 816mm seat height, 130 kg kerb weight,&nbsp;140mm ground clearance, and a 5-inch TFT display. </p><h2><strong>Other Highlights</strong></h2><p>Honda introduced the 2026 <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/honda/cb750-hornet/">CB750 Hornet</a> for the global market with multiple updates, including an optional E-Clutch system. Visually,&nbsp;the streetfighter retains its aggressive stance, it gains four new colour options:&nbsp;Graphite Black and Matt Ballistic Black Metallic with red frames, Wolf Silver Metallic, and Iridium Grey Metallic.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/honda-bikes-scooters-get-price-cuts-of-up-to-rs-18887-after-gst-update-121730/">Honda Bikes, Scooters Get Price Cuts of Up to Rs 18,887 After GST Update</a></p><p>Mechanically, the bike continues to use a 755cc parallel-twin engine, which makes 90bhp at 9,500rpm and 75Nm at 7,250rpm. Premium hardware&nbsp;includes Showa SFF-BP front forks, a linked rear monoshock, twin 296mm front discs and a 240mm rear disc, and dual-channel ABS. </p>

2026 Honda CB125R Unveiled With Four New Colour Options

Honda has updated the CB125R with four new colour options: Matt Rock Gray, Matt Lucent Silver Metallic, Zefiro Blue Metallic, and Matt Pearl Diaspro Red.

<p><strong>-The Tiger Sport 800 Tour offers a combined luggage capacity of 106 litres.<br>-It is 18 kg heavier than the standard version.</strong></p><p>Triumph has introduced the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/triumph/tiger-sport-800/">Tiger Sport 800 Tour</a>, with an extensive range of touring-focused features for long-distance comfort. While the engine&nbsp;and chassis remain unchanged from the standard Tiger Sport 800, the Tour variant sets itself apart with a suite of official Triumph accessories as standard. These include knuckle guards, a dual Comfort Seat, a centre stand,&nbsp;and heated grips. </p><p>The bike’s touring capabilities are further enhanced by an aluminium luggage rack with integrated, colour-matched panniers (with 57 litres of storage space), a twin-helmet top box (49 litres) with dual&nbsp;backrest pads. </p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/reviews/bike-reviews/triumph-thruxton-400-first-ride-review-nailing-the-cafe-racer-spirit-121483/">Triumph Thruxton 400 First Ride Review: Nailing the Cafe Racer Spirit?</a></p><p>The Tour variant also adds a Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Compared to the standard Tiger&nbsp;Sport 800 (214 kg), the new version is 18 kg heavier, weighing 232 kg.</p><h2><strong>Triumph Tiger Sport 800 Tour: Colours</strong></h2><p>The Tiger Sport 800 Tour comes with two eye-catching colour options. The first option is Matt Cobalt, featuring deep blue shades contrasted with Matt Sapphire&nbsp;Black and gold highlights. The second option is Carnival Red, delivering a vivid,&nbsp;glossy look with matching Sapphire Black and gold accents.</p><h2><strong>Triumph Tiger Sport 800 Tour: Engine, Hardware, and Other Details</strong></h2><p>The Tiger Sport 800 Tour is powered by the same 798cc liquid-cooled triple unit as the standard model. This unit churns&nbsp;out 113bhp at 10,750rpm and 84Nm at 8,500rpm, with 90% of torque available&nbsp;in the mid-range for smooth, responsive acceleration.&nbsp;The bike has a tubular steel frame with a pressed-steel swingarm, Showa 41mm USD forks, and a rear monoshock, both offering 150mm travel.</p><p>Other highlights include radial callipers, Cornering ABS, Michelin Road 5 tyres on 17-inch wheels, an adjustable windscreen,&nbsp;an 18.6-litre fuel tank, an 835mm seat height, three riding modes, TPMS, and My <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/triumph/">Triumph</a> connectivity. </p>

Triumph Tiger Sport 800 Tour Revealed Globally – Gets a Major Upgrade in Standard Touring Accessories

While the engine and chassis remain unchanged from the standard Tiger Sport 800, the Tour variant sets itself apart with a suite of official Triumph accessories as standard.

<p><strong>- The Harley-Davidson X440 T features bar-end mirrors, four new colours, redesigned tail section.<br>- Mechanically, it is expected to be similar to the standard X440.</strong></p><p>Harley-Davidson, in partnership with Hero MotoCorp, has unveiled the all-new X440 T. As the name suggests, the bike is based&nbsp;on the X440, but there are several key changes that set it apart.&nbsp;From the official rear-three-quarter images, we can see that the X440 T&nbsp;has a more sculpted and assertive design than its sibling.&nbsp;The rear appears compact and sharp, with reduced space between the wheel and fender. Other highlights include bar-end mirrors and four colour options (Red, Black, Blue and White), and fresh graphics.&nbsp;</p><h2><strong>Harley-Davidson X440 T: What's More?</strong></h2><p><img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Harley-Davidson-X440-T--1764647049760.webp" alt="Harley-Davidson X440 T .jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>
      
        
      <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/harley-davidson/">Harley</a> hasn’t released any images of the front,  so it’s difficult to confirm if there are significant changes there, though any updates are expected to be minimal.&nbsp;As for the features, no official details have been shared, but the absence of the large throttle cable found on the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/harley-davidson/x440/">X440</a> suggests that the X440T may have switched to a ride-by-wire system.&nbsp;If this comes out to be true, it could bring new functionalities such as customisable riding modes and optional traction control.&nbsp;</p>
    <p>While specifics are still under wraps, the X440T is likely to retain most&nbsp;of the X440’s mechanical and hardware setup. For reference, the&nbsp;X440 has a 440cc air-oil-cooled engine that produces a maximum power output of 26bhp and a peak torque of 38Nm, and is paired with&nbsp;a six-speed gearbox and a slipper clutch. </p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/reviews/bike-reviews/harley-davidson-x440-first-ride-review-is-this-the-perfect-sports-cruiser/">Harley-Davidson X440 First Ride Review: Is this the Perfect Sports Cruiser?</a></p><p>The suspension setup includes 43mm upside-down forks with a dual-cartridge damping system at the front and twin gas-charged shock absorbers&nbsp;at the rear. Braking is handled by disc brakes at both ends, with a sizable 320mm front rotor and dual-channel ABS as standard. The Harley-Davidson X440 comes in three variants: Denim, Vivid, and S. </p>

New Harley-Davidson X440 T Revealed – Know About Specs, Features, and Expected Price

Harley-Davidson, in collaboration with Hero MotoCorp, has unveiled the X440T, based on the X440 but featuring several notable updates.

<p><strong>-Yamaha R3 70th Anniversary Edition has a special red-and-white commemorative livery<br>-It keeps the same 321cc, parallel-twin, liquid-cooled engine as the standard R3</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/yamaha/">Yamaha</a> is marking seven decades of its journey with a special 70th Anniversary Edition of the R3 supersport, alongside celebratory models&nbsp;of three other road-going sportbikes, set to arrive in select global markets in 2026.&nbsp;It is to be noted that India currently has the older-gen R3,&nbsp;priced at Rs 3.39 lakh, and the availability of the special edition here is very unlikely.&nbsp;</p><p>The anniversary edition remains mechanically unchanged,&nbsp;but it gains a refreshed look with an eye-catching&nbsp;red-and-white livery, 3D-style red tiles on the side panels,&nbsp;and prominent Yamaha and R3 branding. Apart from these visual updates,&nbsp;the silhouette remains the same as the standard model.</p><h2><strong>Yamaha R3 70th Anniversary Edition: Engine and Other Details</strong></h2><p>Given it’s a commemorative model, targeted at enthusiasts seeking a blend of exclusivity and brand legacy, the&nbsp;updates on the R3 70th Anniversary Edition are purely cosmetic. Beneath that vibrant red-and-white livery, the bike&nbsp;continues to house the familiar 321cc, liquid-cooled parallel-twin engine producing 40.4bhp and 29.4Nm.</p><p>In terms of hardware,&nbsp;the bike has the same diamond-type frame, supported by&nbsp;non-adjustable USD forks at the front and a monoshock at the rear. It continues to ride on&nbsp; 17-inch alloy wheels.&nbsp;For braking, the motorcycle features&nbsp;single discs at both ends, aided by ABS.&nbsp;It is also equipped with a TFT display, and an&nbsp;assist-and-slipper clutch.&nbsp;</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/yamaha-xsr155-launched-in-india-at-rs-150-lakh-122148/">Yamaha XSR155 Launched in India at Rs 1.50 Lakh</a></p><p>The Yamaha R3 70th Anniversary Edition, with its exclusive colour scheme, elevates the bike's appeal while maintaining the robust performance of the regular model. It offers a great opportunity to collectors, and sportbike enthusiasts to own a piece that not only performs well but also commemorates Yamaha's rich 70-year legacy.&nbsp;</p>

Yamaha R3 70th Anniversary Edition Unveiled with Red & White Colour Scheme

Yamaha has rolled out a special 70th Anniversary Edition of the R3. It gets an eye-catching red-and-white livery, 3D-style red tiles on the side panels, among other cosmetic updates. 

<p>TVS Motor Company and BMW Motorrad have crossed a production milestone of 2 lakh units under their partnership that began in 2013. The number covers all jointly developed models made over the past decade. The latest model added to the count is the BMW F 450 GS, now moving out of TVS Motor’s Hosur plant for global markets. Both companies said the milestone supports their roadmap for product and technology projects in this segment. </p><p>The partnership was created to co-develop and produce sub-500cc motorcycles for multiple markets. TVS Motor manages manufacturing in India, while BMW Motorrad handles platform engineering and global reach. This structure enables TVS to use BMW’s technical strength, and BMW to use <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/tvs/">TVS </a>Motor’s cost-focused production and scale. Over time, the joint line-up has grown through coordinated development cycles and shared targets.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/bmw-f-450-gs-adv-production-begins-at-tvs-plant-in-india-122308/">BMW F 450 GS ADV Production Begins at TVS Plant in India</a></p><p>Models such as the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/bmw/g-310-r/">BMW G 310 R</a>, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/bmw/g-310-gs/">G 310 GS</a>, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/bmw/g310-rr/">G 310 RR</a>, and the<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/tvs/apache-rr-310/"> TVS Apache RR 310</a> have been central to the 2 lakh production mark. These motorcycles share a common platform and are shipped to more than 100 markets across Europe, the Americas, and Asia. The partners earlier crossed 1.4 lakh global sales for the 310 platform, showing consistent demand that continues to guide the rise in cumulative production.</p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2020/08/BMW-G-310-GS-G-310-R.jpeg" alt="BMW G 310 GS G 310 R" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/bmw/f-450-gs/">BMW F 450 GS</a> entering production in India marks a new chapter for the alliance in the sub-500cc segment. Built in Hosur, the motorcycle supports BMW Motorrad’s global scale plan while meeting export and domestic needs. The 450cc platform adds range to the partnership and builds on the earlier foundation set by the 310 series.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/yamaha-yzf-r3-mt-03-prices-reduced-by-up-to-rs-20000-post-gst-20-revision-121859/">Yamaha YZF-R3, MT-03 Prices Reduced by Up to Rs 20,000 post GST 2.0 Revision</a></p><p>Reaching the 2 lakh milestone confirms TVS Motor’s role as a key production hub for BMW Motorrad’s lower and mid-capacity models. Both companies continue to follow shared quality processes for markets spanning over 80 countries. The alliance is also working on future mobility ideas, including possible electric projects.</p>

TVS Motor, BMW Motorrad Hit 2 Lakh Production Milestone

TVS Motor and BMW Motorrad have crossed 2 lakh units in joint production, led by steady demand for their 310 series across global markets.

<p>Production of the BMW F 450 GS ADV has begun at TVS Motor Company’s Hosur facility, taking the long-running BMW–TVS partnership into a new phase.  With the G 310 GS discontinued, the F 450 GS ADV now steps in as the new base model in BMW’s GS adventure range. It uses a 420cc parallel-twin engine that produces 48bhp at 8,750rpm and 43Nm at 6,750rpm. BMW aims to use local manufacturing to expand its adventure lineup, strengthen its India presence, and support growing demand across global markets.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/bmw-vision-ce-concept-showcased-at-iaa-2025-for-city-riding-without-a-helmet-121669/">BMW Vision CE Concept Showcased at IAA 2025 for City Riding Without a Helmet</a></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/bmw/f-450-gs/">BMW F 450 GS </a>ADV now serves as the new entry point into the GS family and is aimed at riders starting their journey in the adventure space. The parallel-twin engine layout supports smooth and predictable power delivery across varied conditions. By moving away from the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/bmw/g-310-gs/">G 310 GS</a> platform, BMW shifts its focus to a slightly larger base that fits broader market needs and offers more flexibility in day-to-day use.</p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/BMW-F-450-GS-(1)-1762317924611.webp" alt="BMW F 450 GS (1).jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>Production at the Hosur plant follows systems refined over years of collaboration between <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/bmw/">BMW</a> and TVS. Both brands continue to align on manufacturing standards, with BMW drawing from TVS’s established production capabilities. This structure allows the companies to meet demand in India and export markets while maintaining a steady and scalable workflow</p><p>
      
    
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/BMW-F-450-GS-Engine-1762317917675.webp" alt="BMW F 450 GS Engine" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>The production-spec version of the F 450 GS ADV was first shown at EICMA 2025. BMW confirmed the motorcycle’s engineering details and design, signalling a clear direction for the brand’s middleweight adventure lineup. The model is expected to attract riders who want a simple, balanced motorcycle that can handle highway runs and unpaved routes while staying true to the GS identity.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/bmw-f-450-gs-production-model-revealed-at-eicma-2025-with-new-420cc-twin-cylinder-engine-122091/">BMW F 450 GS Production Model Revealed at EICMA 2025 with New 420cc Twin-Cylinder Engine</a></p><p>BMW has not revealed the launch date or pricing for India. Updates are expected as production continues to grow. The BMW–<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/tvs/">TVS</a> partnership remains central to BMW Motorrad’s global manufacturing plan, and the F 450 GS ADV is set to play an important role in strengthening BMW’s position in the expanding adventure motorcycle segment.</p>

BMW F 450 GS ADV Production Begins at TVS Plant in India

BMW F 450 GS ADV production begins at TVS Hosur plant, marking a new step in the BMW–TVS partnership as the motorcycle replaces the G 310 GS in the GS lineup.

<p>Ducati has launched the 2025 Streetfighter V2 in India at Rs 17.50 lakh,&nbsp;after introducing the Panigale V2 (Rs 19.12 lakh) last month (both made their debut at EICMA 2024). Like its supersport sibling, the mid-capacity naked bike is powered by an 890cc, 90-degree V-twin engine, which weighs just 54.4 kg, and is Ducati's lightest twin-cylinder unit to date.&nbsp;Typical of the Italian marque’s nakeds, the new Streetfighter retains&nbsp;its aggressive look. Its exposed frame and minimalist design enhance the bike’s muscular aesthetics.&nbsp;It is available in India in Ducati Red and also has a higher-spec V2 S variant, priced at Rs 19.49 lakh. All prices are ex-showroom.&nbsp;</p><p>Commenting on the launch, Mr. Bipul Chandra, Managing Director, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ducati/">Ducati India,</a> said, 'The Ducati Streetfighter V2 perfectly embodies our renowned ‘Fight Formula’, a testament to Ducati's commitment to pushing the boundaries of design and performance.&nbsp;We are absolutely thrilled to introduce this 'naked-Panigale' to India. This motorcycle masterfully&nbsp;blends the raw, exhilarating soul of a superbike with the versatility and comfort needed&nbsp;for everyday riding. With its aggressive styling, all-new potent V2 engine, and comprehensive&nbsp;electronics, the Streetfighter V2 is engineered to deliver a truly intuitive, lively,&nbsp;and distinctive riding experience, perfectly capturing its spirit!'</p><h2><strong>2025 Ducati Streetfighter V2: Design and Features</strong></h2><p>The new Streetfighter V2 sticks to the bold, aggressive design of its family. The face looks recognisable with sharp full-LED headlights and DRL.&nbsp;The rear flows seamlessly from the seat to the tail, creating a monolithic, race-inspired look reminiscent of Ducati’s Desmosedici MotoGP bikes.&nbsp;Other details include variable-section aluminium handlebar, adjustable brake and clutch levers, ergonomically shaped footpegs, and new black six-spoke alloy wheels with a Y-shaped pattern. The seat height stands at 838mm.&nbsp;</p><p><strong>Also Read:</strong>&nbsp;<a href="https://www.autox.com/track-test/ducati-panigale-v4-s-performance-bike-of-the-year---autox-awards-2025-122153/">Ducati Panigale V4 S: Performance Bike of the Year - autoX Awards 2025</a></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ducati/streetfighter-v2/">Ducati Streetfighter V2 </a>boasts advanced rider aids and customisation.&nbsp;Equipped with a six-axis inertial measurement unit, Ducati's naked machine boasts cornering ABS, predictive traction control, wheelie control, and engine brake management. Riders can choose from four modes (Race, Sport, Road, and Wet). The Streetfighter V2 features a 5-inch TFT display with three customisable layouts (Road Pro and Track).</p><p>Riders can further enhance performance or convenience with Ducati accessories, including racing exhausts, cruise control, Lap Timer Pro, navigation, USB charging, and tyre pressure monitoring. The V2 S adds track-ready features&nbsp;like Ducati Power Launch and a pit limiter. </p><h2><strong>2025 Ducati Streetfighter V2: Engine and Hardware</strong></h2><p>The Streetfighter V2 packs an 890cc, 90-degree V2 engine that delivers 119bhp at 10,750rpm and 93.3Nm of torque at 8,250rpm, with over 70% of peak torque available from just 3,000rpm for instant throttle response.&nbsp;Track-focused riders can opt for a racing exhaust, boosting output to 125 bhp while shedding 4.5 kg. The bike has a six-speed gearbox with Ducati Quick Shift 2.0 for seamless upshifts and an oil-bath slipper clutch for smooth lever action.&nbsp;It uses a lightweight monocoque frame and has a dry weight of just 175 kg (V2 S) and 178 kg (V2).</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/reviews/bike-reviews/2025-ducati-streetfighter-v4-s-review-more-hyper-more-naked-120451/">2025 Ducati Streetfighter V4 S Review: More Hyper, More Naked!</a></p><p>The standard V2 features a fully adjustable Marzocchi fork and Kayaba rear shock, while the V2 S stands out with premium Ohlins NIX-30 forks, Ohlins rear shock, and a lightweight lithium-ion battery. That said, both versions ride on new cast alloy wheels wrapped in Pirelli Diablo Rosso IV tyres (120/70 front, 190/55 rear).&nbsp;Other details include a Panigale V4-inspired double-sided swingarm,&nbsp;a Brembo system with M50 monobloc calipers and 320 mm discs at the front, and&nbsp;a Sachs steering damper.&nbsp;</p>

2025 Ducati Streetfighter V2 Launched in India; Prices Start at Rs 17.50 Lakh

Ducati has launched the 2025 Streetfighter V2, V2 S in India, priced at Rs 17.50 lakh and Rs 19.49 lakh, respectively (both, ex-showroom). The 890cc, 90-degree V2 engine on the bike produces 119bhp at 10,750rpm and 93.3Nm at 8,250rpm.

<p>Honda has revealed the 2026 CB750 Hornet for global buyers with updates focused on daily use, simple operation and wider appeal. The most important change is the optional E-Clutch system, which lets riders shift gears without using the clutch lever. This makes the bike easier to handle in traffic and on long rides, as it removes the need to manage the clutch manually. </p><p>Honda has also added four new colour options, including two black-based and two grey-based choices. The streetfighter look stays close to the current Hornet with small visual changes. With these updates, Honda aims to strengthen the Hornet’s position in the mid-capacity segment by offering more convenience and more choices to riders.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/honda-wn7-unveiled-at-eicma-2025-heres-everything-you-need-to-know-122113/">Honda WN7 Unveiled at EICMA 2025: Here's Everything You Need to Know</a></p><p>The<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/honda/cb750-hornet/"> CB750 Hornet</a> now comes in Graphite Black and Matt Ballistic Black Metallic, both matched with a red frame. The other options are Wolf Silver Metallic and Iridium Grey Metallic. Honda plans to keep the model relevant by offering these dual-tone schemes to riders who want more variation in appearance.</p><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/honda/">Honda </a>has added several electronic features to support the rider. These include a five-inch TFT display with Bluetooth and navigation, Selectable Torque Control and an emergency stop signal. Riders can choose from four modes&nbsp;(Sport, Standard, Rain and User) to manage power delivery based on the situation.</p><p>The motorcycle continues to use the 755cc parallel-twin engine, which produces 90bhp at 9,500rpm and 75Nm at 7,250rpm. It features a Showa SFF-BP front fork and a linked monoshock at the rear. Braking comes from twin 296mm front discs and a single 240mm rear disc, supported by dual-channel ABS.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/honda-v3r-900-e-compressor-prototype-revealed-at-eicma-2025-with-a-v3-engine-122099/"> Honda V3R 900 E-Compressor Prototype Revealed at EICMA 2025 with a V3 Engine</a></p><p>The E-Clutch system is part of Honda’s wider plan to bring this feature to more models. It is already available on bikes like the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/honda/cbr500r/">CBR500R</a> and <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/honda/nx500/">NX500</a>. The system supports fast shifts without using a lever, helping riders in both city and highway use. Honda has not confirmed if the 2026 CB750 Hornet will come to the Indian market.<br></p>

2026 Honda CB750 Hornet Globally Revealed with E-Clutch and New Colours

The 2026 Honda CB750 comes with an optional E-Clutch, new dual-tone colours, the same 755cc engine and added tech features for daily use.

<p>Royal Enfield has launched a new colour&nbsp;option for the Meteor 350, called Sundowner Orange,&nbsp;priced at Rs 2.19 lakh (ex-showroom). Announced at the Motoverse 2025, the new&nbsp;Sundowner Orange edition is Rs 2,999 costlier than the top-end variant, and has a production run of only 2,000 units.  There are no mechanical changes, but the Sundowner Orange edition comes equipped with a factory-installed touring kit that adds a touring seat, passenger backrest, flyscreen, and the Tripper navigation pod. </p><p>It is also the first <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/royal-enfield/meteor-350/">Meteor 350</a> variant to get aluminium tubeless spoke wheels. Royal Enfield has also added a commemorative badge to mark the&nbsp;bike’s limited-run status and to honour the Meteor community, which now exceeds half a million riders worldwide.</p><h2><strong>Royal Enfield Meteor 350 Sundowner Orange Edition: What's Unique?</strong></h2><p>Although the bike’s silhouette remains the same, the new Sundowner Orange color gives it a fresh look.&nbsp;The tank is dipped in a bright orange shade,&nbsp;complemented by chrome details and cream graphics. The look contrasts with the bike's deeper tones, creating an eye-catching appearance. Meanwhile,&nbsp;the addition of tubeless spoke wheels enhances the&nbsp;touring-friendly convenience.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/royal-enfield-bullet-650-unveiled-in-india-launch-expected-next-year-122274/">Royal Enfield Bullet 650 Unveiled In India — Launch Expected Next Year</a></p><p>Other notable features include adjustable brake and clutch levers,&nbsp;a USB Type-C fast-charging port,&nbsp;a slip-and-assist clutch, and LED headlamps.&nbsp;</p><h2><strong>Royal Enfield Meteor 350 Sundowner Orange Edition: Engine</strong></h2><p>The motorcycle features the same 349cc, single-cylinder, air-cooled engine that produces 20.2bhp of maximum power and 27Nm of peak torque, and is paired with a five-speed gearbox.&nbsp;In addition to this, the bike’s ergonomics, hardware, and features&nbsp;remain unchanged.</p><h2><strong>Other Highlights</strong></h2><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/royal-enfield/">Royal Enfield's</a> Motoverse event generated significant buzz across the auto industry this year with several highly anticipated machines. These include the Mana Black Himalayan 450, the Bullet 650, and the electric Flying Flea S6 scrambler. While the last two machines are yet to go on sale here, Royal Enfield announced prices for the Mana Black Edition, making it the new top-range trim in the lineup.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/royal-enfield-himalayan-450-mana-black-edition-launched-in-india-at-rs-337-lakh-122273/">Royal Enfield Himalayan 450 Mana Black Edition Launched in India at Rs 3.37 Lakh</a></p><p>Priced at Rs 3.37 lakh (ex-showroom),&nbsp;the Mana Black is over Rs 17,000 more expensive&nbsp;than the Hanle Black trim (Rs 3.20 lakh).&nbsp;</p>

Royal Enfield Meteor 350 Sundowner Orange Edition Launched in India, Priced at Rs 2.19 Lakh

The Royal Enfield Meteor 350 Sundowner Orange features the same 349cc, single-cylinder, air-cooled engine that produces 20.2bhp of maximum power and 27Nm of peak torque, and is paired with a five-speed gearbox.

<p>Just weeks after its global debut at EICMA 2025, the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/royal-enfield/bullet-650/">Royal Enfield Bullet 650 </a>has landed in India, making its appearance at Motoverse 2025. ‘Bullet’ is unarguably the brand’s most iconic nameplate, and it now joins the 650 lineup alongside the Classic 650, Bear 650, Shotgun 650, Super Meteor 650, Continental GT 650, and the Interceptor 650. Largely (pun intended), it looks like a scaled-up Bullet 350. </p><h2><strong>Royal Enfield Bullet 650: Powertrain Details</strong></h2><p>The Bullet 650 shares its platform with the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/royal-enfield/classic-650/">Classic 650</a>, which was launched earlier this year. It carries the same engine as the other 650s, which is a 649cc parallel-twin unit that produces 46bhp of maximum power and 52Nm of peak torque. Power is transferred via a 6-speed gearbox that comes with a slip and assist clutch.</p><h2><strong>Royal Enfield Bullet 650: Design And Components</strong></h2><p>The Bullet 650 looks proper retro, with a bench seat, peashooter exhausts, hand-painted pinstripes on the tank, ‘tiger eye’ indicators, and a circular headlamp. The Royal Enfield badging on the tank is also 3-D, adding to the look. </p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/car-news/porsche-cayenne-electric-price-in-india-announced-gets-up-to-1140bhp-122270/">Porsche Cayenne Electric Price In India Announced — Gets Up To 1,140bhp!</a></p><p>The bike rides on 19-inch front and 180-inch rear wheels. The front forks are 43mm Showa telescopic units, and the rear gets twin shocks. The front wheel gets twin-320mm disks while the rear gets a 300mm one. Dual-channel ABS is standard.</p><h2><strong>Royal Enfield Bullet 650: Weight, Seat Height, And More</strong></h2><p>Speaking of weight, the motorcycle is quite heavy at 243 kilograms. The seat is 800mm high, and the ground clearance figure is claimed to be 154mm. The fuel tank has a capacity of 14.8 litres. <br><br><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/royal-enfield/">Royal Enfield</a> is expected to announce the prices for the Bullet 650 sometime next year. </p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/2026-suzuki-hayabusa-debuts-globally-with-special-edition-everything-you-need-to-know-122272/">2026 Suzuki Hayabusa Debuts Globally with Special Edition – Everything You Need to Know</a></p><p>Along with the Bullet, the manufacturer has also unveiled a few more machines, including the Flying Flea FF.S6 — an electric scrambler, and the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/royal-enfield/himalayan-450/">Himalayan 450 </a>Mana Black Edition, <a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/royal-enfield-himalayan-450-mana-black-edition-launched-in-india-at-rs-337-lakh-122273/">the prices for which are out</a>. <br><br></p>

Royal Enfield Bullet 650 Unveiled In India — Launch Expected Next Year

Royal Enfield has revealed the Bullet 650 at Motoverse in Goa, with its launch expected to take place in 2026.           


<p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/royal-enfield/">Royal Enfield </a>has launched the Himalayan 450 Mana Black in India at its annual Motoverse event in Goa, after showcasing it earlier this month at EICMA.&nbsp;With a price tag of Rs 3.37 lakh (ex-showroom), the Mana Black costs over Rs 17,000 more&nbsp;than the Hanle Black trim (Rs 3.20 lakh), which makes it the new top-spec variant in the lineup. </p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/royal-enfield/himalayan-450/">Himalayan 450,</a> in its Mana Black avatar, looks more rugged and rally-inspired, thanks to&nbsp;factory-installed accessories.&nbsp;The edition is inspired by the Mana Pass, one of the highest and toughest routes in the world,&nbsp;embodying endurance and adventure. Here's everything you need to know about it.&nbsp;</p><h2><strong>Royal Enfield Mana Black Edition: What's Different?</strong></h2><p>Given it’s an edition and not a full model update, the changes are purely cosmetic. The Mana Black builds on the regular Himalayan with a bold,&nbsp;rally-themed look and exclusive styling elements. It stands out with a full stealth-black makeover, contrasted by matte grey accents.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/royal-enfield-bullet-650-himalayan-450-mana-black-more-bikes-unveiled-at-eicma-2025-122089/">Royal Enfield Bullet 650, Himalayan 450 Mana Black &amp; More Bikes Unveiled at EICMA 2025</a></p><p>Other accessories include black rally handguards, a flatter, off-road–oriented seat that sits 35mm higher at 860mm,&nbsp;a raised front fender, and a sleek tail portion.&nbsp;Royal Enfield has equipped this variant&nbsp;with tubeless spoked wheels as standard.&nbsp;The Mana Black Edition weighs 195 kg, which is 1 kg lighter than the standard Himalayan 450.</p><h2><strong>Royal Enfield Mana Black Edition: Engine and Hardware</strong></h2><p>The bike has the same Sherpa 450 engine – a 452cc, single-cylinder, liquid-cooled unit&nbsp;– that produces 39bhp of maximum power and 40Nm of peak torque, and is mated to a six-speed transmission.&nbsp;Up front, it features 43mm upside-down forks, while the rear is supported by a Showa monoshock, both offering 200mm of travel.</p><p>The bike rides on 21-inch front and 17-inch rear wheels. Braking duties are handled by a 320mm front disc and a 270mm rear disc, complemented by switchable rear ABS.&nbsp;Key features include a 4-inch circular TFT display with smartphone connectivity&nbsp;and Google Maps-powered navigation, two riding modes (Eco and Performance), and a USB charging port.</p><h2><strong>Royal Enfield Himalayan 450: Price</strong></h2><p>Following the GST 2.0 revision, the Royal Enfield Himalayan 450 starts  at Rs 3.06 lakh for the base Kaza Brown shade, while Slate Himalayan Salt and Slate Poppy Blue cost Rs 3.10 lakh each.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/industry-news/royal-enfield-now-on-flipkart-classic-350-bullet-meteor-and-more-available-121824/">Royal Enfield Now on Flipkart: Classic 350, Bullet, Meteor, and More Available</a></p><p>The Kamet White is listed at Rs 3.14 lakh, and the Hanle Black colour commands&nbsp;Rs 3.20 lakh. These are all ex-showroom prices, and colour availability depends on the chosen variant.</p>

Royal Enfield Himalayan 450 Mana Black Edition Launched in India at Rs 3.37 Lakh

With a price tag of Rs 3.37 lakh (ex-showroom), the newly launched Royal Enfield Himalayan 450 Mana Black Edition costs over Rs 17,000 more than the Hanle Black trim. 

<p> Suzuki has introduced the 2026 iteration of its popular sportbike, the Hayabusa, for global markets with a series of technical updates, which should result in improved rideability. A special edition model with a blue-and-white paint scheme has also been introduced.&nbsp;While there’s no official announcement about the launch of the 2026 model in India, it is&nbsp;expected to arrive sometime soon, likely with a price increase over the current model,&nbsp;which retails at Rs 18.06 lakh (ex-showroom, Delhi). Here’s a detailed look at what’s new with the 2026 Hayabusa.</p><h2><strong>2026 Suzuki Hayabusa: Everything You Need to Know</strong></h2><p>For the 2026 model year, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/suzuki/">Suzuki</a> has rolled out a series of technical and electronic updates for the Hayabusa. The engine remains unchanged, but Suzuki has revised&nbsp;the selectable throttle maps to enhance torque delivery in the lower rev range.&nbsp;It has also recalibrated the launch control system for faster starts and replaced the&nbsp;traditional battery with a lighter, more compact lithium-ion unit.&nbsp;Additionally, the sportbike's cruise control system now remains active even during gear shifts when using the bi-directional quickshifter.</p><p>Suzuki has introduced a Special Edition Hayabusa, featuring a blue paint job contrasted by white detailing. Other key highlights include&nbsp;a 3D Suzuki emblem, an exclusive badge on&nbsp;the fuel tank, and a seat cowl (standard).</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/new-suzuki-sv-7gx-debuts-with-adjustable-windscreen-traction-control-17-inch-wheels-122114/">New Suzuki SV-7GX Debuts with Adjustable Windscreen, Traction Control, 17-inch Wheels</a></p><p>The 2026 Hayabusa will be offered in two appealing colour options. The first option combines a glossy black finish with dark red infill panels, offering the bike a bold,&nbsp;aggressive presence. The second option boasts a pristine white colour contrasted by blue accents,&nbsp;offering a sporty&nbsp;look. </p><h2><strong>2026 Suzuki Hayabusa: Engine</strong></h2><p>The bike retains its mechanical setup for 2026, with the 1,340cc inline-four engine continuing to deliver 187bhp of maximum power and 150 Nm of peak torque. </p>

2026 Suzuki Hayabusa Debuts Globally with Special Edition – Everything You Need to Know

While there’s no official announcement, the 2026 Suzuki Hayabusa is expected to arrive in India sometime soon,  with a price increase over the current model, which retails at Rs 18.06 lakh (ex-showroom, Delhi).

<p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ktm/">KTM</a> has issued a global recall for the 2024 lineup of the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ktm/125-duke-2025/">125 Duke</a>, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ktm/250-duke/">250 Duke</a>,<a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ktm/390-duke/"> 390 Duke</a>, and 990 Duke. While the brand has not disclosed how many units of each model are affected, it has identified a quality issue with certain fuel tank cap seals that do not meet the company's standards. Variations in the seal material could lead to tiny cracks forming over time, increasing the risk of fuel leaking around the tank cap. To uphold safety standards and product reliability, the company has advised all owners of the affected motorcycles to visit any authorised dealership, where the faulty fuel tank cap seal will be replaced free of charge.</p><p>KTM is reaching out to owners of the impacted motorcycles through personal notifications, advising them to promptly get in touch with an authorised KTM dealer to schedule the replacement. Owners can also verify their motorcycle’s recall status on the KTM website under the 'Service' section.&nbsp;</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/ktm-390cc-duke-rc-adventure-prices-remain-unchanged-post-gst-update-121822/">KTM 390cc Duke, RC, Adventure Prices Remain Unchanged Post-GST Update</a></p><p>As mentioned, the replacement will be provided at no cost exclusively at authorised KTM dealerships, ensuring optimal safety and reliability.</p><h2><strong>Other Major Highlights</strong></h2><p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/bajaj/">Bajaj Auto</a> has officially assumed full control of KTM AG following the completion of all regulatory approvals for its €800-million acquisition. The final clearance from European authorities concludes a review process that lasted several months. Through its wholly owned subsidiary, Bajaj Auto International Holdings BV,&nbsp;the company has purchased all shares of Pierer Bajaj AG, the former holding company overseeing KTM and its parent group. As a result, Bajaj now holds approximately 74.9% of Pierer Mobility AG, which directly manages KTM AG, ending the previous shared-ownership arrangement and giving Bajaj full authority over KTM’s operations,&nbsp;strategic decisions, and long-term direction.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/industry-news/bajaj-auto-takes-full-control-of-ktm-heres-everything-you-need-to-know-122260/">Bajaj Auto Takes Full Control Of KTM: Here's Everything You Need to Know</a></p><p>Previously, Bajaj maintained only a minority stake while the Pierer Group controlled the company. The takeover also brought a restructuring&nbsp;of the holding companies’ identities: Pierer Bajaj AG has been renamed Bajaj Auto International Holdings AG,&nbsp;and Pierer Mobility AG is now Bajaj Mobility AG, reflecting Bajaj’s expanded role and full ownership. </p>

KTM Duke 125, 250, 390 & 990 Recalled Globally — Here’s Why

While KTM has not disclosed the number of units affected, it has identified a quality issue with certain fuel tank cap seals that do not meet the company's standards.

<p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ultraviolette/">Ultraviolette</a> has started retail operations in the United Kingdom, bringing its F77 electric motorcycles to British riders through a new partnership with MotoMondo. The company announced the move at the Motorcycle Live show in Birmingham, confirming that MotoMondo will manage imports, sales, and aftersales support across the UK and the Benelux region. This expansion follows earlier entries into Germany, France, and Ireland, showing that Ultraviolette is moving step by step into key European markets.&nbsp;The company also displayed the Shockwave, a lightweight electric motorcycle inspired by classic two-stroke machines but designed to meet current standards. Ultraviolette’s UK launch comes as discussions continue on the UK–India Free Trade Agreement, which could support greater cooperation in clean mobility. </p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/reviews/bike-reviews/ultraviolette-x-47-crossover-first-ride-review---agent-47-121945/">Ultraviolette X-47 Crossover First Ride Review - Agent 47</a></p><p>The UK range starts with two models: the F77 MACH 2 Recon and the F77 SuperStreet Recon. Both use a 40bhp motor that produces 100Nm of torque and claim a top speed of 155km/h. The MACH 2 offers a forward-leaning riding position aimed at riders who enjoy track-style use, while the SuperStreet provides an upright stance for daily commuting and mixed riding.</p><p>A 10.3kWh battery pack supports a claimed range of up to 323km on the IDC test cycle. Both motorcycles run Ultraviolette’s Violette A.I. software, which manages rider data, modes, and diagnostics. Bosch provides the electronic safety systems, including ABS, traction control, dynamic stability control, and ten levels of regenerative braking. Riders can tune the braking feel and energy recovery based on their route.</p><p>At the Birmingham show, Ultraviolette also previewed upcoming models, such as the X-47 Crossover and the Tesseract electric scooter. The X-47 uses integrated radar for features like blind spot alerts, lane change assist, overtake warnings, and rear collision alerts. The Tesseract supports urban riders with Omnisense mirrors that combine radar and dashcam functions, a 7-inch screen, and 34 litres of under-seat storage.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/ultraviolette-x-47-crossover-heres-what-you-get-across-variants-121871/"> Ultraviolette X-47 Crossover— Here’s What You Get Across Variants</a></p><p>For Ultraviolette, this expansion marks a shift from being a domestic start-up to building a global presence, supported by new platforms and projects such as the upcoming F99 electric supersport racer.<br></p>

Ultraviolette F77 MACH 2 Launched in the UK; Tesseract, X47 and More Showcased

In the UK, Ultraviolette will first retail the F77 MACH 2 Recon and F77 SuperStreet Recon. The models feature a 40bhp motor which is powered by a 10.3 kWh battery.

<p>There’s no denying that retro bikes appeal to our longing for simpler times, with their old-school charm reminding riders of motorcycling’s golden era. Kawasaki, though mainly known for its aggressive supersport lineup, has long cultivated its neo-retro identity through the W series. India currently gets the W175, but the brand has now revealed the W230 for the UK market, scheduled for a 2026 launch, though there’s still no official word on whether it will arrive here. </p><p>Drawing inspiration from the iconic 1965 Kawasaki 650 W-1, the W230 maintains the tradition of a lightweight build, low seat height, and approachable performance, all designed to bring classic ’60s styling to a broader audience. With its minimalist frame, circular lighting, and clean, old-school silhouette, the bike appeals to both new riders and seasoned enthusiasts who crave an authentic retro riding experience.</p><h2><strong>Kawasaki W230: Engine and Hardware</strong></h2><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/kawasaki/w230/">W230</a> is powered by a 233cc single-cylinder engine that delivers 17.3bhp at 7,000rpm and 18.6Nm of torque at 5,800rpm. It sports a 37mm telescopic fork setup at the front, and twin shocks at the rear with adjustable preload to fine-tune comfort and stability. Braking hardware includes a 265mm&nbsp;front disc with a dual-piston calliper, supported by a 220mm rear disc with a single-piston calliper. The bike has a kerb weight of just 133 kg,&nbsp;which should make the motorcycle exceptionally manageable in both urban traffic and tight maneuvering situations. The ground clearance stands at 150mm, while the fuel tank capacity is 12 litres.</p><h2><strong>Kawasaki W230: Will it Come to India?</strong></h2><p>As of now, Kawasaki hasn’t confirmed whether the W230 will come to India, but the growing popularity of affordable retro motorcycles here certainly leaves the door open. If launched, the W230 could help Kawasaki strengthen its presence in the increasingly competitive modern-classic segment.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/2026-kawasaki-z1100-launched-in-india-at-rs-1279-lakh-122235/">2026 Kawasaki Z1100 Launched in India at Rs 12.79 Lakh</a></p><p>Positioned above the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/kawasaki/w175/">W175</a>, the W230 would give Kawasaki a stronger foothold in the 200–300cc retro segment, and compete with models like the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/royal-enfield/hunter-350/">Royal Enfield Hunter 350</a>, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/tvs/ronin/">TVS Ronin,</a> and the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/honda/cb350/">Honda CB350.</a></p>

Kawasaki W230 Retro Bike to launch in UK by 2026 — Is India Launch on the Cards?

The W230 is powered by a 233cc single-cylinder engine that delivers 17.3bhp at 7,000rpm and 18.6Nm of torque at 5,800rpm.

<p>Yamaha has expanded its presence in the 150–160cc motorcycle segment with the new XSR155. While it shares the same underpinnings as the popular MT-15 V2, the XSR155 distinguishes itself with its&nbsp;neo-retro styling. In contrast, the MT-15 V2 has a bold, aggressive naked-bike appearance. If you’re torn between the vintage&nbsp;charm of the XSR155 and the modern, aggressive appeal of the MT-15 V2, here’s a detailed spec comparison that will help you determine the best option that suits your riding style.</p><h2><strong>Yamaha XSR155 vs MT-15 V2: Design</strong></h2><p>The most striking difference between the two motorcycles lies in their design. The newly-introduced XSR155 channels a neo-retro aesthetic inspired by Yamaha’s premium XSR lineup, featuring a round LED headlight, a sculpted&nbsp;teardrop fuel tank, and a flat, single-piece seat that encourages a relaxed, upright riding posture. It comes in four appealing shades: Metallic Grey, Vivid Red, Greyish Green Metallic, and Metallic Blue.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/yamaha-xsr155-accessory-prices-revealed-check-details-here-122245/">Yamaha XSR155 Accessory Prices Revealed; Check Details Here</a></p><p>On the other hand, the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/yamaha/mt-15/">MT-15 V2 </a>exudes a bold, futuristic persona with a sharp bi-functional LED projector&nbsp;headlamp, muscular fuel tank with aggressive shrouds, and an upswept tail paired&nbsp;with a split-seat layout, projecting the unmistakable presence of a streetfighter. As for the colours, the&nbsp;MT-15 V2 is also available with multiple options, including Metallic Black, Metallic Silver Cyan, Metallic Black DLX, Ice Storm DLX, and Vivid Violet Metallic Black.&nbsp;</p><h2><strong>Yamaha XSR155 vs MT-15 V2: Engine</strong></h2><p>Both the XSR155 and MT-15 V2 are powered by <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/yamaha/">Yamaha’s</a> 155cc, liquid-cooled, SOHC, 4-valve engine equipped with Variable Valve Actuation (VVA) technology. The unit produces&nbsp;18.14bhp at 10,000rpm and 14.2Nm of torque at 7,500rpm, and is paired with a 6-speed gearbox&nbsp;and an Assist &amp; Slipper (A&amp;S) clutch. The XSR155 tips the scales at 137 kg kerb, roughly 4 kg less than the MT-15 V2.</p><h2><strong>Yamaha XSR155 vs MT-15 V2: Hardware</strong></h2><p>Both the XSR155 and MT-15 V2 are built on Yamaha’s proven Deltabox frame. They are equipped with upside-down (USD) front forks, a linked rear monoshock, and disc brakes at the front and rear, supported by dual-channel ABS.</p><h2><strong>Yamaha XSR155 vs MT-15 V2: Features</strong></h2><p>The XSR155 comes in a single variant but offers two accessory packs: Scrambler and Café Racer. These packs enable riders to customise their bike. In contrast, the MT-15 is available in multiple variants, catering to a wider range of preferences.</p><p><strong>Also Read:</strong>&nbsp;<a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/yamaha-xsr155-launched-in-india-at-rs-150-lakh-122148/">Yamaha XSR155 Launched in India at Rs 1.50 Lakh</a></p><p>Features-wise, both Yamaha bikes get dual-channel ABS and traction control. While the XSR155 takes a simpler approach with a negative LCD instrument cluster&nbsp;that works with Yamaha’s Y-Connect app, the MT-15’s top-spec variant comes with a full-colour TFT display that supports smartphone connectivity, including turn-by-turn navigation.</p><h2><strong>Yamaha XSR155 vs MT-15 V2: Price</strong></h2><br><table style="border-collapse:collapse;width: 100%;"><tbody>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Model</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Price (ex-showroom)</strong></td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Yamaha XSR155</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Rs 1.50 lakh</strong></td></tr><tr>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Yamaha&nbsp;MT-15 V2</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 50%;"><strong>Rs 1.55 lakh-1.65 lakh</strong></td></tr></tbody></table><p>The new XSR155 is one of the most affordable options in Yamaha's 155cc lineup. It undercuts MT-15 V2's starting price by Rs 5,000.</p>

Yamaha XSR155 vs MT-15 V2 Spec Comparison: What's Different?

While it shares the same underpinnings as the popular MT-15 V2, the XSR155 distinguishes itself with its neo-retro styling. Here's a detailed comparison between the two Yamaha 155cc bikes.

<p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/yamaha/">Yamaha</a> has recently launched the XSR155 in India, with prices starting at Rs 1.50 lakh (ex-showroom). The new neo-retro roadster is built on Yamaha’s proven&nbsp;155cc liquid-cooled platform, which also underpins the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/yamaha/r15-2023/">R15</a> and MT-15. It offers personalisation options, with two official accessory kits. The first is a Scrambler Pack, which adds a rugged, adventure-oriented look to the bike. The second option is a&nbsp;Cafe Racer Pack, which gives the motorcycle a sharper and sportier visual identity. Both kits come with multiple accessories that can also be purchased individually, allowing riders to customise the bike to their preference.&nbsp;If you’re considering upgrading the XSR155, here’s everything you need to know about these packs.</p><h2><strong>Yamaha XSR155 Scrambler Pack</strong></h2><p>Priced at Rs 12,330, the Scrambler Pack helps in making the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/yamaha/xsr-155/">Yamaha XSR155</a> tougher, and look outdoorsy. It equips the bike with additions like a flyscreen and bar-end mirrors, both contributing to a bolder&nbsp;scrambler-inspired stance. Other accessories include&nbsp;Numbered side plates, Headlight cover, and Side Cover (L/R).&nbsp;</p><h2><strong>Yamaha XSR155 Cafe Racer Pack</strong></h2><p>The Cafe Racer Pack, highlighted by its distinctive elements like headlight cowl and a sportier stepped seat, is available for Rs 11,915. Other accessories include&nbsp;Lever Guard, Bracket Kit - Child Part.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/yamaha-fz-rave-launched-in-india-at-rs-117-lakh-rival-to-tvs-apache-rtr-160-122149/">Yamaha FZ Rave Launched in India at Rs 1.17 Lakh, Rival to TVS Apache RTR 160</a></p><p>The XSR155 packs a 155cc liquid-cooled engine that features 4 valves, SOHC, and VVA technology, producing 18.1bhp at 10,000rpm and 14.2Nm at 7,500rpm. It comes with a&nbsp; 6-speed transmission with Assist and Slipper Clutch.&nbsp;The XSR155's hardware includes a Deltabox frame, USD front fork, linked rear monoshock, dual-channel ABS, and traction control. It rides on 17-inch alloy wheels.</p><p>The XSR155 boasts neo-retro design, and is inspired by Yamaha’s bigger XSR lineup. It sports signature elements like a classic round LED headlamp, a sculpted teardrop-style fuel tank, and a flat one-piece seat. The upright ergonomics and a circular&nbsp;digital LCD display add to the look Yamaha offers the XSR155 in four colour options: Metallic Grey,&nbsp;Vivid Red, Greyish Green Metallic, and Metallic Blue.</p>

Yamaha XSR155 Accessory Prices Revealed; Check Details Here

Yamaha has recently launched the XSR155 in India, with prices starting at Rs 1.50 lakh (ex-showroom). The new neo-retro roadster is built on Yamaha’s proven 155cc liquid-cooled platform, which also underpins the R15 and MT-15.

<p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/hero/">Hero MotoCorp</a> has revealed the Xtreme 160R 4V Combat-Edition in India. The company has added ride-by-wire throttle and cruise control to the 160cc segment for the first time. The motorcycle enters the market as part of Hero’s plan to expand its tech-based lineup and strengthen its presence in the street category. The update targets riders who want electronic functions for daily use and longer trips while keeping the overall structure familiar. Hero MotoCorp has yet to reveal the price.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/hero-vida-vx2-go-34kwh-variant-launched-in-india-at-rs-102-lakh-122143/">Hero Vida VX2 Go 3.4kWh Variant Launched in India at Rs 1.02 Lakh</a></p><p>The <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/hero/xtreme-160r-4v/">Xtreme 160R 4V </a>Combat-Edition uses a grey and yellow colour scheme. It carries an LED headlamp and the motorcycle continues with the same frame and suspension layout as the standard version. Hero has added a colour LCD display that shows speed, fuel level, gear position and ride data. The design changes focus on function while retaining the same body form seen in the regular model.</p><p>The motorcycle includes ride-by-wire throttle with three modes: Rain, Road and Sport. Its also comes with the cruise control, which is rare in this segment. Riders can manage functions through the LCD console, which shows the selected mode, trip details and average speed. The setup gives riders more control in changing conditions and supports city and highway use.</p><p>Hero continues to use the 163.2cc air and oil-cooled four-valve engine. It produces 16bhp and 14Nm of torque. This engine is mated to a five-speed gearbox. The motorcycle uses KYB upside-down forks at the front, a rear monoshock and disc brakes with dual-channel ABS. The mechanical setup stays the same as the standard version, keeping the same ride feel.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/hero-xtreme-125r-launched-in-india-with-dual-channel-abs-priced-at-rs-104-lakh-122121/">Hero Xtreme 125R Launched in India with Dual-Channel ABS, Priced at Rs 1.04 Lakh</a></p><p>The model is expected to sit above the standard version and will compete with the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/tvs/apache-rtr-160-4v/">TVS Apache RTR 160 4V</a>, Yamaha FZ-X and <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/bajaj/pulsar-n160/">Bajaj Pulsar N160</a>. The launch signals Hero’s plan to grow its tech-driven lineup and reach riders who want daily usability with added functions.<br></p>

Hero Xtreme 160R 4V Combat-Edition Revealed with cruise-control, Ride-by-wire and More

The Xtreme 160R 4V Combat-Edition uses a 163.2cc engine with 16bhp and 14.6Nm, and features a grey-yellow design with an LED headlamp and a colour LCD display.

<p><a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ktm/">KTM</a> has increased the prices of its 390 Adventure range in India after the festive season. The Adventure X now costs Rs 3.26 lakh, an increase of Rs 22,410, while the standard 390 Adventure is now Rs 27,000 more expensive at Rs 3.95 lakh. Both are ex-showroom prices. During the GST 2.0 hike, KTM absorbed the additional cost, which helped boost sales during Diwali. </p><p>Now, the company has passed on the increase, making the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/ktm/390-adventure-x/">Adventure X</a> nearly as expensive as the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/royal-enfield/himalayan-450/">Royal Enfield Himalayan 450</a>. The KTM 390 Adventure targets riders looking for a versatile bike for both road and trail, while the 390 Adventure X offers a more budget-friendly option with fewer features. Through these bikes, KTM aims to strengthen its position in India’s growing adventure motorcycle segment.</p><table style="border-collapse:collapse;width: 100%;"><tbody>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Model</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Old Price</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>New Price</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Difference</strong></td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>KTM 390 Adventure X</strong><br></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Rs 3.04 lakh</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Rs 3.26 lakh</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Rs 22,410</strong></td></tr>
<tr>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>KTM 390 Adventure</strong><br></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Rs 3.68 lakh</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Rs 3.95 lakh</strong></td>
	<td style="width: 25%;"><strong>Rs 27,000</strong></td></tr></tbody></table><h2><strong>KTM 390 Adventure, Adventure X: Engine, Hardware, and Features</strong></h2><p>The KTM 390 Adventure lineup is powered by a 399cc single-cylinder engine borrowed from the 390 Duke, which makes 46bhp and 39Nm of power and torque outputs, respectively. The unit comes paired with a six-speed gearbox and a bidirectional quickshifter. </p><p>The standard 390 Adventure rolls on 21-inch front and 17-inch rear wheels, while the Adventure X comes with a slightly smaller 19-inch front wheel for enhanced off-road agility.&nbsp;Additionally, the 390 Adventure features fully adjustable suspension.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/reviews/bike-reviews/ktm-duke-160-first-ride-review-does-it-live-up-to-the-family-legacy-121590/">KTM Duke 160 First Ride Review: Does It Live Up To The Family Legacy?</a></p><p>Built on a new trellis frame, the 390 Adventure highlights KTM’s adventure DNA with a high-mounted fender, transparent visor, single-piece seat, prominent windscreen, and signature headlight DRL. The standard model uses wire-spoke wheels,&nbsp;whereas the Adventure X features cast-alloy rims for a sportier look.</p><p>
      <br></p><div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/02/1738828874808-gvq6-KTM-390-Adventure-X-2025.webp" alt="KTM 390 Adventure-X-2025.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    <p><br></p><p>Key features include a five-inch TFT display with Bluetooth connectivity, multiple riding modes, cornering ABS, off-road ABS, adjustable ABS,&nbsp;all-LED lighting, and traction control.</p><h2><strong>Other Highlights</strong></h2><p>KTM recently unveiled the 990 RC R for the global market, featuring an aerodynamic full fairing with integrated winglets, an aggressive front cowl, and a Moto2-inspired tail.&nbsp;</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/ktm-990-rc-r-unveiled-globally-key-specs-features-and-india-launch-timeline-121952/">KTM 990 RC R Unveiled Globally: Key Specs, Features, and India Launch Timeline</a></p><p>The bike also has a sculpted fuel tank that is optimised for a tight racing tuck, and it enables riders to fine-tune footpegs&nbsp;and levers for maximum comfort. It is built on a robust steel frame with an aluminium subframe, and has a re-engineered 947cc LC8c parallel-twin engine with 128bhp and 103Nm. The engine comes paired with a six-speed gearbox.&nbsp;</p>

KTM 390 Adventure, Adventure X Prices Increased in India – Here’s What You’ll Pay Now

The KTM 390 Adventure X now costs Rs 3.26 lakh, while the standard 390 Adventure is priced at Rs 3.95 lakh. Both are ex-showroom figures.

<p>Kawasaki has launched the 2026 Z1100 in India at an ex-showroom price of Rs 12.79 lakh, after unveiling it globally in September. The move not only reintroduces enthusiasts to one of Japan’s most respected super-naked nameplates, but also expands the brand’s lineup, giving more options to buyers in the 1000cc segment. </p><p>The motorcycle comes in a stealthy Metallic Grey shade and an array of advanced features,&nbsp;including an IMU-driven suite of electronic rider assists and a 5-inch TFT instrument cluster with enhanced connectivity. For now, <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/kawasaki/">Kawasaki</a> has chosen not&nbsp;to offer the higher-spec SE version here. </p><p>The bike is inspired by the company’s renowned Sugomi design philosophy and has aggressive aesthetics.&nbsp;It competes against the <a href="https://www.autox.com/new-bikes/honda/cb1000-hornet/">Honda CB1000 Hornet SP</a>, which is priced higher at Rs 13.29 lakh, giving Kawasaki a slight advantage in the premium super-naked segment.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/2026-kawasaki-ninja-zx-10r-unveiled-at-eicma-2025-with-updated-aerodynamics-122097/">2026 Kawasaki Ninja ZX-10R Unveiled At EICMA 2025 with Updated Aerodynamics</a></p><h2><strong>2026 Kawasaki Z1100: Engine and Hardware</strong></h2><p>The 2026 Kawasaki Z1100 is driven by a 1,099cc inline four-cylinder, DOHC 16-valve, liquid-cooled engine, also found in the Ninja 1100SX. The unit delivers 134bhp at 9,000rpm and a peak torque of 113Nm at 7,600rpm, and is mated&nbsp;to a 6-speed gearbox equipped with an assist and slipper clutch. </p><p>It has been fine-tuned to enhance low- and mid-range performance&nbsp;while providing razor-sharp throttle response.&nbsp;Fuel efficiency stands at 17.8km/l, and the 17-litre tank allows for an estimated range of around 300 km per fill,&nbsp;making it suitable for longer journeys.</p><p>The Z1100 uses a robust twin-tube aluminium frame and a 41mm Showa SFF-BP inverted front fork with adjustable rebound and compression damping, along with spring preload settings,&nbsp;offering 120mm of travel.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/news/bike-news/2026-kawasaki-versys-x-300-launched-in-india-at-rs-349-lakh-122039/">2026 Kawasaki Versys-X 300 Launched in India at Rs 3.49 Lakh</a></p><p>The rear horizontal gas-charged shock features both rebound&nbsp;and preload adjustability, with 136mm of travel.&nbsp;The bike weighs 221 kg (kerb), and has a seat height of 815 mm seat height and ground clearance of 125mm. </p><h2><strong>2026 Kawasaki Z1100: Features</strong></h2><p>The Z1100 comes equipped with a sophisticated electronics suite, supported by a 5-inch colour TFT display that allows access to all essential information. It has a five-axis IMU that forms the backbone of its rider-assist systems, enabling advanced&nbsp;features such as two selectable power modes, cornering ABS, three levels of traction control, and cruise control.</p>

2026 Kawasaki Z1100 Launched in India at Rs 12.79 Lakh

Kawasaki has launched the 2026 Z1100 in India at an ex-showroom price of Rs 12.79 lakh, after unveiling it globally in September.

<p>Toyota has confirmed a title partnership with Haas for the 2026 Formula 1 season, setting up a new chapter for the American outfit as it prepares for the next rules cycle. The team will race as the Toyota Gazoo Racing Haas F1 Team from 2026, with the rebranding tied to the sport’s upcoming regulation changes. Toyota is using this deal to expand its presence in Formula 1 and move beyond its current role. The agreement gives Toyota full team involvement for the first time in years. Both companies say the move is aimed at long-term participation as Formula 1 enters another phase of change. The collaboration lines up with the new regulations due in 2026 and includes deeper technical involvement from Toyota. Both sides expect closer work on engineering, car development, and track operations as they prepare for the shift in the rules.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/motorsport-news/f1-2026-grid-every-driver-and-team-line-up-confirmed-122341/">F1 2026 Grid: Every Driver and Team Line-Up Confirmed</a></p><p>Ayao Komatsu, Team Principal of Haas F1 Team, said: 'It’s naturally a privilege to deepen our relationship with TGR through this new title partnership agreement. Our working relationship to-date has been everything we hoped it would be. It’s been evidenced through our successful TPC running this season but there’s been so much more going on behind the scenes too – including the development and installation of the simulator at our Banbury facility for 2026. The cultivation of personnel, all working collaboratively between Haas F1 Team and TGR, has benefited us greatly and that’s something that will only increase as our partnership matures. We’re excited to further grow with the likes of our driver program too, and it’s been encouraging to see the depth of talent TGR is backing in that process.</p><p>Haas will also revise the way it operates under the new partnership. The team will work more closely with Toyota on planning, development, and strategy. Haas plans to use Toyota’s motorsport experience and technical resources to strengthen its own structure. The rebranding reflects the start of this deeper cooperation.</p><p>      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/12/Toyota-Gazoo-Racing-Haas-F1-Team-(1)-1764851774167.webp" alt="Toyota Gazoo Racing Haas F1 Team (1).jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>Akio Toyoda, Chairman of Toyota Motor Corporation, said: 'Throughout our challenges in the 2025 season, I witnessed young TGR drivers and engineers begin to believe in their own potential and set their sights on even greater dreams. Seeing this transformation moved me deeply. And today, I can say this with confidence, Toyota has finally begun to move – really move. I would like to express my sincere gratitude to Gene Haas and Ayao Komatsu for standing alongside our young members, believing in their potential, and facing the future with the same passion and perspective.</p><p>'By taking our partnership with Haas another step forward next year, TGR’s ‘People, Product, Pipeline’ mantra – will accelerate in a way we have never seen before. The time has come for the next generation to take their first steps toward the world stage. Together with Gene Haas, Ayao, and everyone at TGR Haas F1 Team, we will build both a culture and a team for the future. Toyota is now truly on the move.'</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/motorsport-news/mclaren-signs-f2-champion-leonardo-fornaroli-as-test-driver-122331/">McLaren Signs F2 Champion Leonardo Fornaroli as Test Driver</a></p><p>Toyota’s decision marks its first major involvement in Formula 1 since its constructor programme ended in 2009. The creation of the Toyota Gazoo Racing Haas F1 Team signals a renewed long-term plan for the championship. Both sides aim to use the partnership to build a competitive project under the new rules and tap into the growing value manufacturers see in F1.</p>

F1: Toyota Signs Title Partnership Deal with Haas from 2026 Season

Toyota teams up with Haas from 2026, rebranding the squad as Toyota Gazoo Racing Haas F1 Team and expanding its role with deeper technical involvement.

<p>All Formula 1 teams have finally nailed down their driver line-ups for 2026, and the grid is already shaping up to be strong as the sport dives headfirst into a radical new rulebook. Red Bull and Racing Bulls were the holdouts, dropping their bombshells last to seal the deal on a full 22-car spectacle—yes, two fresh teams crashing the party and bloating the field like a proper supersized showdown. Chassis and power unit rules will change at the same time, meaning every team must run new cars that could shake up the order from lap one. More drivers scrapping wheel-to-wheel, engines howling under the new formula—it's the kind of shake-up that has us revving already. To help teams adjust, Formula 1 has scheduled three pre-season tests, with the first one planned as a private session.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/motorsport-news/f1-abu-dhabi-gp-heres-when-where-and-how-to-watch-2025-season-finale-race-in-india-122337/">F1 Abu Dhabi GP: Here’s When, Where and How to Watch 2025 Season Finale Race in India</a></p><p>With the bigger grid and the new technical package, the 2026 season is set to draw plenty of attention as fans watch how teams and drivers settle into this next chapter for the sport.</p><h2>McLaren: Lando Norris and Oscar Piastri</h2><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2024/09/F1-McLaren.jpg" alt="F1 McLaren Oscar Piastri and Lando Norris" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>Lando Norris and Oscar Piastri stay on as McLaren’s dynamic duo after their multiple victories in 2025. Their consistent performance gives the team valuable continuity as it gears up for the new regulations.</p><h2>Red Bull: Max Verstappen and Isack Hadjar</h2><p>Max Verstappen leads the charge once again, chasing even more glory with Red Bull. Alongside him, Isack Hadjar steps up from Racing Bulls, replacing Yuki Tsunoda after a strong season in Racing Bulls.</p><h2>Mercedes: George Russell and Kimi Antonelli</h2><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/10/George-Russell-and-Kimi-Antonelli-1760586961243.webp" alt="George Russell and Kimi Antonelli.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>George Russell remains the team’s anchor as Mercedes looks to reclaim its place at the top. Kimi Antonelli gears up for his second season.</p><h2>Ferrari: Charles Leclerc and Lewis Hamilton</h2><p>Ferrari continues with the star-studded pairing of Charles Leclerc and Lewis Hamilton. Leclerc, determined to clinch a title with the Prancing Horse, continues his charge as Hamilton embarks on his second season at Maranello, determined to add to the team’s glorious history.</p><h2>Aston Martin: Fernando Alonso and Lance Stroll</h2><p>Fernando Alonso stays on to lead Aston Martin into an ambitious new era. With Lance Stroll alongside him, the team is targeting race wins — and perhaps even more — under new team principal Adrian Newey.</p><h2>Racing Bulls: Liam Lawson and Arvid Lindblad</h2><p>Liam Lawson keeps his place at Racing Bulls, bringing consistency and confidence. He’s joined by F2 graduate Arvid Lindblad, another exciting young talent from the Red Bull stable ready to make his mark.</p><h2>Williams: Alex Albon and Carlos Sainz</h2><p>Williams sticks with Alex Albon and Carlos Sainz after a strong 2025 campaign. Their combined experience gives the Grove outfit a solid foundation as it tackles the fresh challenge of the 2026 regulations.</p><h2>Haas: Esteban Ocon and Ollie Bearman</h2><p>Haas retains its steady pairing of Esteban Ocon and Ollie Bearman, banking on familiarity to drive progress and stability for the season ahead.</p><h2>Audi (Currently Sauber): Nico Hulkenberg and Gabriel Bortoleto</h2><p>Nico Hulkenberg stays on to lead Audi into its first season as a full works team. Gabriel Bortoleto remains after a superb rookie year, forming a line-up full of promise and experience.</p><h2>Alpine: Pierre Gasly and Franco Colapinto</h2><p>Pierre Gasly continues as Alpine’s lead man through a year of change, now powered by Mercedes engines for 2026. Franco Colapinto remains after his late-season surge, as the team strives to claw back ground in the championship.</p><h2>Cadillac: Sergio Perez and Valtteri Bottas</h2><p>Sergio Perez brings his proven racecraft to new entrant Cadillac, fresh from his Red Bull stint. Partnering with him is Valtteri Bottas, returning with the American team as it targets an impressive debut in the midfield battle.</p>

F1 2026 Grid: Every Driver and Team Line-Up Confirmed

All F1 teams have confirmed their drivers for the 2026 Formula 1 season, completing a 22-car grid as the sport enters a new rules era.

<p>The 2025 Formula 1 season will end at the Abu Dhabi Grand Prix, where the Drivers’ Championship will be decided at the Yas Marina Circuit. Lando Norris leads the standings, but his advantage has reduced to 12 points after Max Verstappen gained ground through a run of strong results in the second half of the year. Oscar Piastri remains in the fight as well, sitting 18 points behind his McLaren teammate. The season-long contest was earlier viewed as a two-way battle between Norris and Piastri, but Verstappen rejoined the title picture after the summer break as he cut into the McLaren lead. The final round now carries significance for all three drivers, keeping the outcome open.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/motorsport-news/f1-red-bull-signs-isack-hadjar-for-2026-season-arvid-lindblad-joins-racing-bulls-122329/"> F1: Red Bull Signs Isack Hadjar for 2026 Season, Arvid Lindblad Joins Racing Bulls</a></p><p>A title remains a difficult target for Piastri, but the Australian stays in contention and will take the start in Abu Dhabi with a chance to influence the final order.</p><h2>F1 Abu Dhabi GP: 2025 Race Timings in India</h2><p><strong>Friday, December 05</strong></p><p>Abu Dhabi GP FP1 - 03:00 pm - 04:00 pm</p><p>Abu Dhabi GP FP2 - 06:30 pm - 07:30 pm</p><p><strong>Saturday, December 06</strong></p><p>Abu Dhabi GP FP3- 04:00 pm - 05:00 pm</p><p>Abu Dhabi GP Qualifying- 07:30 pm - 08:30 pm</p><p><strong>Sunday, December 07</strong></p><p>Abu Dhabi GP Race - 06:30 pm</p><h2>F1 Abu Dhabi Grand Prix 2025: Where to Watch?</h2><p>F1 fans in India can watch the 2025 Abu Dhabi Grand Prix live on FanCode and F1TV Premium. Both platforms will stream every session of the season finale, covering practice, qualifying, and the race. With the title fight heading into its last round, the Abu Dhabi weekend becomes important for anyone following how the championship is decided.</p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2024/09/F1-2024-McLaren-Red-Bull.jpg" alt="F1 2024 McLaren Red Bull jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto; display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;"></p><p>FanCode gives viewers two ways to tune in. There is a single-race pass for selected Grands Prix and a full-season plan for those who want access to the entire calendar. Both options include live coverage of every session, making it easy for fans to follow the action at their own pace.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/motorsport-news/mclaren-signs-f2-champion-leonardo-fornaroli-as-test-driver-122331/">McLaren Signs F2 Champion Leonardo Fornaroli as Test Driver</a></p><p>F1TV Premium also offers full weekend coverage and adds features such as onboard cameras, team radios, and telemetry. These tools help viewers understand race strategy and driver decisions in real time. It is a useful platform for fans who want a clearer look at how the 2025 Formula 1 season unfolds.</p>

F1 Abu Dhabi GP: Here’s When, Where and How to Watch 2025 Season Finale Race in India

Get ready for the 2025 F1 Abu Dhabi Grand Prix, a 58-lap race on Yas Marina's 5.281-kilometre track. Here are the key details you need to know about the 2025 Season Finale race.

<p>McLaren has confirmed that 2025 Formula 2 champion Leonardo Fornaroli will step into its driver development structure for the 2026 season, taking on a test and development role that supports the team’s long-term Formula 1 plans. The move follows his title win in Qatar, where he wrapped up the F2 championship by finishing second in the Feature Race with a round still left. Fornaroli will also be listed as a reserve driver behind Lando Norris and Oscar Piastri, giving McLaren extra coverage across race and simulator work.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/motorsport-news/f1-red-bull-signs-isack-hadjar-for-2026-season-arvid-lindblad-joins-racing-bulls-122329/">F1: Red Bull Signs Isack Hadjar for 2026 Season, Arvid Lindblad Joins Racing Bulls</a></p><p>Fornaroli joins McLaren after winning back-to-back championships in Formula 3 and Formula 2, following a path similar to Oscar Piastri and Gabriel Bortoleto. His time with Invicta Racing delivered steady points, podiums and race wins that strengthened his place in the single-seater field. His addition to McLaren ends a two-year stretch of competing without any formal team backing despite consistent performances.</p><p>The 20-year-old spent several seasons in the junior ranks before his form improved across 2024 and 2025. He won the Formula 3 title at Monza after a final-lap move and a post-race disqualification for rival Gabriele Mini, then carried that momentum into his rookie Formula 2 campaign, where he secured the championship early. His rise drew attention across the paddock.</p><p>McLaren’s development group for next year includes Fornaroli, Formula 2 driver Richard Verschoor and European karting winner Christian Costoya. Verschoor, currently tied for second in the F2 standings, brings several seasons of experience after an earlier spell in the Red Bull setup. Costoya, aged 15, joins from karting and is set to start his single-seater career in Formula 4 within the McLaren pathway.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/motorsport-news/f1-max-verstappen-exploits-mclaren-pit-error-for-qatar-grand-prix-win-122317/"> F1: Max Verstappen Exploits McLaren Pit Error For Qatar Grand Prix Win</a></p><p>Fornaroli’s 2026 duties will include simulator sessions, race preparation and possible free practice outings, joining a roster that also includes Pato O’Ward, Matteo De Palo, Ella Lloyd, Ella Stevens, Ella Hakkinen, Van Langendonck and Costoya.</p>

McLaren Signs F2 Champion Leonardo Fornaroli as Test Driver

McLaren signs 2025 F2 champion Leonardo Fornaroli as its 2026 test and reserve driver, adding him to a refreshed junior programme preparing talent for future F1 roles.

<p>Red Bull Racing has confirmed Isack Hadjar as Max Verstappen’s teammate for the 2026 Formula 1 season, completing a key driver move ahead of the new technical rules. The announcement comes after Hadjar’s first full year with Racing Bulls, where his results supported his promotion to the senior team. Arvid Lindblad will step into the open Racing Bulls seat next season and will race alongside Liam Lawson as part of Red Bull’s broader development plan</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/motorsport-news/f1-max-verstappen-exploits-mclaren-pit-error-for-qatar-grand-prix-win-122317/">F1: Max Verstappen Exploits McLaren Pit Error For Qatar Grand Prix Win</a></p><p>Hadjar ends his rookie Formula 1 season with a podium at the Dutch Grand Prix and several top-10 finishes. He joined the grid after placing sixth in Formula 2 the previous year. His strong qualifying pace and ability to outperform Lawson at key rounds helped his case for a promotion. Red Bull management said the move fits the programme’s step-by-step approach to driver development.</p><p>Yuki Tsunoda shifts into a reserve and development role with Red Bull for 2026 after completing his fifth season in Formula 1. He scored 30 points this year to take 15th in the standings. In his new role, Tsunoda will support simulator work and technical feedback as Red Bull enters the new power unit cycle. He spent four seasons with the sister team and became one of its longest-serving drivers.</p><p>
      
    <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/09/Arvid-Lindblad-(3)-1757749166587.webp" alt="Arvid Lindblad (3).jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;"></p><p>Arvid Lindblad, aged 18, moves up from the Red Bull Junior Team to Racing Bulls for the 2026 season. He holds sixth place in the Formula 2 standings ahead of the Abu Dhabi finale. His rookie season includes two wins, two podiums, and two Formula 1 practice outings with Red Bull earlier this year.</p><p><strong>Also Read:&nbsp;</strong><a href="https://www.autox.com/motorsport-news/f1-aston-martin-names-adrian-newey-team-principal-ahead-of-2026-season-122300/">F1: Aston Martin Names Adrian Newey Team Principal Ahead of 2026 Season</a></p><p>Liam Lawson continues with Racing Bulls for his first full campaign after two seasons of partial entries. The New Zealander scored 38 points in 2025, including a fifth-place finish in Azerbaijan. His retention gives Racing Bulls a steady base as the team prepares for 2026 with the new pairing of Lawson and Lindblad.</p>

F1: Red Bull Signs Isack Hadjar for 2026 Season, Arvid Lindblad Joins Racing Bulls

Red Bull signs Isack Hadjar for 2026 as Max Verstappen’s teammate, while Arvid Lindblad joins Racing Bulls with Liam Lawson as teams prepare for new 2026 F1 rules.

<p>In the West, people now aspire to own the newest iPhone over the latest hatchback. Young people aren’t even applying for a driver’s licence anymore. Why, you ask?</p>

<p>Well, that question was lingering while we were evaluating the contestants in our mega test to choose the top-ten machines of the year. As always, this is a great opportunity to get a sense of how the industry is evolving.</p><p><strong>Also read:</strong> <a href="https://www.autox.com/awards/" target="_blank">autoX Awards 2025, 19th Anniversary Mega Test</a></p>

<p>In India, there’s still a tremendous amount of latent demand – the rate of car ownership is 34 cars per 1,000 people versus 860 per 1,000 in the US, for instance. But there’s no doubt that regulation has meant that the average price of a car has skyrocketed over the past few years. Add to that speed cameras every quarter-of-a-mile in most developed markets, and it means that a lot of the allure, romanticism or freedom of car ownership has all but vanished.</p>

<p>That’s not to say that the cars themselves aren’t are good as they’ve ever been. That’s simply the nature of things. If that wasn’t the case, Darwin would be turning in his grave! But it’s also apparent that there simply aren’t any small, fun, and affordable cars on sale anymore.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/06/Adas-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation-1749447514596.webp" alt="Adas-View-Of-Steering-Console-And-Instrumentation.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p>

<p>Fortunately, cars are safer and more capable than they’ve ever been. Carmakers like Volvo are even contemplating a future in which they can eliminate fatalities entirely. But does that mean that every car on sale really needs to have lane-keeping assist, or radar-guided Level 3 ADAS, or cameras that read street signs? In most accidents, the sad truth is that the weak link is the squidgy mass of blood and guts that occupies the driver’s seat. But does that really warrant pricing young drivers out of the market entirely?</p>

<p>Sure, a driverless future will be a lot safer, but where does that leave those of us who actually enjoy the act of getting behind the wheel? For better or worse, an autonomous future isn’t particularly likely in India, given the chaos on our roads. All of which brings me to the Golf GTI, which (spoiler alert) scored particularly well in this year’s Mega Test.</p><p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/11/Volkswagen_Golf_GTI_autoX_Awards_2025-1763119451849.webp" alt="Volkswagen_Golf_GTI_autoX_Awards_2025.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p>

<p>Now, you’d be right in saying that a hatchback at well over 50 lakhs is about as niche as they come. And you’d be right. But VW India can’t import enough of them. 150 GTIs have flown off the shelves before they’ve even been unloaded from the container ships, and VW India is trying to get its hands on another allocation from Wolfsburg.</p>

<p>It's safe to say that the enthusiast community in India is growing faster than carmakers can keep up, but what we really need is a proper performance car that’s accessible to young Indian buyers who still value personal mobility more than the latest smartphone. And I’m not talking about adding a spoiler and some stickers to something masquerading as a hot hatch, I mean a car that actually stirs your soul and one that’s truly aspirational, yet accessible. Someone needs to introduce one fast, before we’re all forced into a future of insipid driverless pods.
</p>

Letter from the Editor - Is Over-regulation Killing the Motor Car?

A driverless future will be a lot safer, but where does that leave those of us who actually enjoy the act of getting behind the wheel?

<p>
    There is light at the end of the smog. The Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE), which operates under the Ministry of Power, has released a draft of the CAFE 3 norms for consultation and discussion. The Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MoRTH) is tasked with consulting the stakeholders affected by these norms and plays an advisory role in formulating these standards.</p>

<p>The CAFE 3 norms are scheduled to take effect in April 2027, with standards that become progressively tighter through March 2032. The annual fuel consumption standards will be calculated as weighted averages in litres per 100 km, factoring in unladen vehicle mass and CO₂ emissions. Vehicle weight will play a major role in these calculations. Importantly, India will transition from the Modified Indian Driving Cycle standards for measuring emissions to the globally accepted WLTP cycle.</p>

<p>The Worldwide Harmonised Light Vehicles Test Procedure may be a mouthful, but it offers a more realistic and accurate assessment of vehicle CO₂ and pollutant emissions, fuel consumption, and electric range. Using both laboratory and real-world testing, the WLTP applies to all powertrains – ICE, hybrids, plug-in hybrids, and BEVs. Even if adapted for Indian driving conditions, adopting the WLTP protocol will help OEMs in India export their vehicles to many developed markets – a significant side benefit.</p>

      
    
<p>So what does the CAFE 3 draft propose? Broadly:</p>

<ul>

    <li>CO₂ emissions capped at 91.7 g/km, with limits tightening over five years, and fuel consumption reduced to between 3.73 and 3.01 litres per 100 km.</li>
    <li>Small sub-4 metre, 1,200cc petrol cars with an unladen weight of up to 909 kgs will get a relaxation of 3 g/km in CO₂ emissions, capped at 9 g/km per year.</li>
    <li>Fuel consumption for diesel, CNG, LPG, and electric vehicles will be calculated as petrol equivalents, with formulas provided in the draft.</li>
    <li>The policy incentivizes the development and launch of electric, hybrid, and flex-fuel vehicles, as these will help achieve compliance more easily.</li>
    <li>It introduces a ‘credit system’: each electric or range-extender hybrid car sold counts as three, plug-in hybrids as 2.5, strong hybrids as 2, and flex-fuel ethanol vehicles as 1.5.</li>
    <li>Petrol vehicles running on E20-E30 ethanol blends can apply an 8% Carbon Neutrality Factor (CNF) reduction to their tailpipe CO₂ emissions.</li>
    <li>Flex-fuel ethanol vehicles and strong hybrid flex-fuel vehicles get an even higher CNF benefit – a 22.3% reduction applied to their reported CO₂ emissions. CNFs also apply to CNG vehicles.</li>
    <li>Interestingly, up to three manufacturers may form a compliance pool to be treated as one entity for regulatory purposes. For instance, an ICE-only OEM can ally with an EV-focused manufacturer to meet the norms.</li>

</ul>

<p>
      <div style="width: 100%; height: auto;" class="post-image">
        <img src="https://images.autox.com/uploads/2025/10/Charging-Point-1760425322738.webp" alt="Charging Point.jpg" style="width: 100%; height: auto;">
      </div>
    </p><p>The norms are currently at the draft stage and subject to stakeholder feedback, which may lead to some revisions. But the direction set by the Indian government is now clear. There will be no more lobbying among OEMs over hybrids versus EVs, or diesel versus petrol. The message is unmistakable: the norms will tighten each year, and selling more EVs, hybrids, and flex-fuel vehicles will be essential for compliance.</p>

<p>Unladen weight is a key parameter in the CAFE 3 draft, so expect more innovations in weight reduction and lightweighting strategies. There will likely be a greater use of advanced plastics, aluminium, high-strength steel, composites, and perhaps even carbon fibre. Beyond powertrains, improvements in aerodynamics and rolling resistance will also come into focus. Manufacturers will have to invest in multi-energy platforms, with every element of the powertrain undergoing refinement — every incremental gain in fuel efficiency and CO₂ reduction will count.</p>

<p>Instead of the previous one-step-forward, two-steps-back approach, the new CAFE 3 draft norms provide clear, long-term direction. Policy clarity is what OEMs have long sought, and this will now help them leverage various State-level incentives for low or zero-emission vehicles. While OEMs should, of course, respond to the draft with constructive feedback and adopt strategies that best suit their portfolios, these norms could help transform India’s passenger car industry into a truly global force – and serve as a model for other emerging markets to follow. Exciting times, not just for OEMs but the entire vendor community too.
</p>



Opinion: CAFE 3 Draft Gives Carmakers the Clarity They’ve Long Demanded — Now They Must Deliver

With the upcoming CAFE 3 norms, the passenger car industry is finally receiving the policy direction it has long craved. OEMs should commit to it and move ahead, says Srini.  

Interviews